s. s^> *31 la-.szj<e
jy
/<
TECHNIQUE
FOR A
REAL PROPERTY SURVEY
Tabulation Instructions for Dwelling Survey
CP
W. P. A. Technical Series
Research, Statistical, and "Survey Project Circular No. 6
September 27, 1938
WORKS PROGRESS ADMINISTRATION
Division of Social Research
Washington, D. C.
13543
13543
FOREWORD
This circular provides a suggested operating technique
for a survey of real property. It is hoped that the suggestions, as
far as they are pertinent, will serve as a guide to successful project
operation and will increase the competence of the technical supervision#
The procedures presented herein are not mandatory. Local
conditions and legal requirements may necessitate some changes. It
has been demonstrated, however, that these procedures and forms are
adequate to accomplish the stated objectives of such a survey.
These procedures relate only to the technique of project
operation. Dothing in this circular is to be construed as affecting
or modifying in any way administrative procedures of the Works Progress
Administration.
Harry L, Hopkins
Administrator
13543
CONTENTS
Page
Preface. iii
TABULATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR DUELLING SURVEY
Part I - Slock tabulation.... 1-33
Introduction. 1
Preparation of filing cards for use during block tabulation... 3
Filing system for cards during block tabulation.......... 5
31ock tabulation. 8
Part II - Tables for units under construction and tables for
structure data 1-36
Tables 1 to 6 — Introduction..... 1
Preparation of filing cards for use during tabulation of
tables 1 to 16 3
Filing cards for use during tabulation of tables 1 to 6....... 3
Filing cards for use during tabulation of tables 7 to 16 5
Filing system for' cards for under construction and structure
data. 9
Preliminary sort...... 13
Table 1 15
Table 2 17
Table 5 19
Table 4......... 22
Table 5 28
Table 6«...... 33
Special sort for tables 7 to 14 35
Part III - Tables for owner-occupied units: table 7-3 to table 14 1—44
Introduction 1
Filing system for cards for owner-occupied units 1
Table 7-3 6
Table 8-3 10
Table 9-3 14
Table 10-3 21
Table 11-3. 27
Table 12 35
Table 13-3 37
Table 14 43
Part IV — Tables for tenant occupied units: table 7-0 to table 14 1-45
Introduction 1
Filing system for cards for tenant occupied units.... 1
Table 7-0 6
Table 8-0 10
Table 9-0 14
Table 10-0 21
Table 11-0 28
Table 12 35
Table 13-0 37
Table 14..... 44
i
13543
CONTENTS
Page
Part V - Tables for vacant units: tables 8-D, 12, 10-D,
and 11-D 1-19
Introduction 1
Piling system for cards for \acant units 1
Tatile 8-D 4
Table 12 8
Table 10-D 10
Table 11-D 14
Part VI - Duplicate cards; derived sections of tables 9-3, 9-C,
16-3, and lo—C; derived table 15; tables for all occupancy
groups 1-31
Introduction 1
Preparation of revised tables 1
Derived sections of tables - instructions for tables 9-3, 9-C,
16-3, 16-C, and 15 5
Table 9-3: Persons per room section as obtained from table
11-3-1 6
Table 9-C: Persons per room section as obtained from table
11-C-l 11
Table 15: Derived from table 11-3-1 to 7 and table 11-C-l to 7.. 11
Table 16-3: Persons per room section as derived from the number
of persons section of table 16-3 18
Table 16-C 20
Tables for all occupancy groups 20
Table 7-A 21
Table 8-A 22
Table 9-A 23
Table 10-A 24
Table 11-A 24
Table 12 26
Table 13-A 27
Table 14 28
Taolo 15
Table 16-A 29
Tie sort all cards by blocks 30
Part VII - Tables for occupied units by race of occupants 1-7
Tables 16-3 and 16-C 1
Table 16-3 2
Table 16-C 7
ii
13543
PREFACE
Real property surveys have been conducted as relief projects
in over 250 cities of the United States in the years since 1933. The
first of these were operated as Civil Works Administration projects
under the direction of the Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce of
the U. S, Department of Commerce, The most recent series of surveys,
"beginning in 1935 and operated in over 100 urban communities, has
utilized the "Technique for a Real Property Survey," This "Technique"
was prepared through the cooperation of a large number of Federal
agencies interested in problems 6f housing, and was issued July 19,
1935, jointly by the Division of Economics and Statistics of the
Federal Rousing Administration and the Coordinating Committee of the
Central Statistical Eoard and the Works Progress Administration,
Current interest in housing surveys, resulting in part
from the program for low rent housing initiated by the U. S. Housing
Authority, and from the desire for worthwhile projects giving employ¬
ment to needy white collar workers, has resulted in a greatly in¬
creased number of work relief projects of this typo. Demands for
the "Technique" have become so considerable that the supply has
diminished to the point where re-issuance has become necessary. The
Works Progress Administration, therefore, as the agency concerned
with the selection of desirable work projects, is reissuing
iii
13543
Volume II of the "Technique" as one of the W.P.A. Technical Series
of Research, Statistical and Survey Project Circulars."'" The
"Technique" is "being reproduced with no changes in contents.
The procedures outlined are recommended "by the Division of
Women's and Professional Projects as a guide in the operation of this
type of research, statistical and survey project.
1 "The Techniqi , as originally published, consisted of three volumes:
Part I, Survey Procedure; Part II, Tabulation Instructions for Dwelling
Survey; and Part III, Dlock Tabulations and General Survey Tables 1-16,
Copies of Part II of the "Technique", as well as of Parts I and III, can
be obtained from the office of the State Coordinator of Research, Statis¬
tical and Survey Projects.
iv
13543
TABULATION INSTRUCTIONS FOP DWELLING- SURVEY
PART I
Block Tabulation
Prepared by: Office of Statistical Coordinator, FESA
Division of Economics and Statistics, FHA.
June 1, 1935
13543
TABULATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR DWELLING SURVEY
PART I
BLOCK TABULATION
Introduction
The- following Tabulating Instructions are divided into sections.
Part I deals only with the operations of making Block Tabulations. These
summarize the data from the individual cards by block and by economic
areas as well as for the metropolitan area. Work on the Block Tabula¬
tions must be completed before the tabulations described in Part II are
undertaken. Parts II to VI deal with the preparation of Table 1 to 15
inclusive, covering the metropolitan area, and Part VII with Table 15,
a special color or race table when races other than white are important.
When the city has a total population of less than 50,000 there will
not be a separate set of these tables for the city proper, for any of the
smaller incorporated places, for the environs, or for any subdivision of
the city. When the city has a total population of 50,000 or more it will
be found desirable to divide the region into parts so that each part will
have a population of less than 50,000 and to tabulate Tables 1 to 15 for
each of these parts separately, and to consolidate the tables for the
various parts after all tabulations arc completed. In establishing these
areas within the region it should be done in a manner in which a compar¬
ison of the data for the various parts will be of significance; the boun¬
daries of the areas should not cut through the boundaries of enumeration
districts, tracts when they are designated, or the city or village limits
of minor localities within the area.
Part II presents the tabulation of data for units under construction
(Table l) and for Structure Tables (Tables 2 to 6). The Structure Tables
13543
- 2 -
present an analysis cf Residential Structures in the area. In these t-.lles
each structure, regardless of the number of dwelling units it contains, is
counted only once for each tabulation. The characteristics of structures
are presented in the tables. Only the white cards (Form B) are used in the
tabulation.
Part III, IV, V present the tabulation of data for dwelling units in
the area (Tables 7 to 14). Both the white and yellow cards (Forms B and C)
are used in the tabulation. Part III presents data for Owner Occupied
Units; Part IV, Tenant Occupied Units; and Part V, Vacant Units. The
breakdown of the Tabulating Instructions into Parts III, IV, and V makes it
possible to carry on work with the Owner, Tenant and Vacant cards simul¬
taneously.
Part VI presents the preparation of Revised Tables, the derivation of
Persons per Room data for Tables 9 and 15, and the tabulation of tables for
All Dwelling Units in the Area, (Tables 7 to 14). These data .are obtained
by consolidating similar data from the corresponding tables for Owner,
Tenant and Vacant Units.
Part VII presents a special tabulation (Table 16) for Dwelling Unit
data. Negroes or for Other Races when these groups are important in the area.
In tabulating the data, extreme care must be exercised to see that all
sorts arc properly made, that the counting of the cards is properly verified
and that the files are maintained in proper order. Whenever an error in
sorting or counting is discovered, however, the tables must be corrected
and the adjustments for the error must be made on the tables which have
been previously prepared. As an example,if in tabulating Table 5,it is dis¬
covered that a structure card for a "Two Family, Two Decker" has been in¬
cluded with the group of cards for "Two Family, Side by Side", it will
be necessary to bring this error to the attention of the supervisor and
13543 - 3 -
to see that the error is corrected on "both Table 3 and Table 4. It
will then be necessary to see that the totals for the involved types of
structures are corrected on Check Sheet A. Even though the editing and
coding have been done carefully, it will be found that a few errors will
become apparent when the Block Tabulation is being prepared. These errors
should be brought to the attention of the supervisor and if he approves a
change in editing or coding, the Block Tabulation should be adjusted for
the change. It should be observed that these corrections are permissible
on the Block Tabulation, but that no change in the entries on the original
cards is permitted after tabulation of Tables 1 to 14 is started.
The work of tabulating is greatly facilitated by the filing system
which is an integral part of the tabulating instructions. The supervisor
of tabulations should understand this system thoroughly and should build
up a set of file cards before tabulation is begun.
A separate Block Tabulation sheet should be prepared for each block
in the area covered by the Real Property Survey. The Block Tabulation is
based on all white cards (Form B) and yellow cards (Form C) and on the
Block List (Form A) for the block. After the Land Use survey and the
enumeration of a block are completed and the records have been checked,
edited and coded, the Block Tabulation can be prepared even though the
enumeration of other blocks in the city has not been completed.
PREPARATION OF FILING CARDS FOR USE DURING BLOCK TABULATION
Before tabulation of the Block Tabulations is started a set of file
cards should be made up with the designations indicated below. These files
13543
_ 4 -
will "be used for cards from a particular "block and after the "block is
completed will be available for use on other blocks. If more than one
group are engaged in tabulating block data at the same time, it will be
necessary to prepare duplicate sets of file cards. It should be possible
to retain the cards for a block during Block Tabulation on the table of
the group tabulating the block, and it should not be necessary to route
the cards into the files maintained by the Filing Division as used for
Tables 1 to 14.
File by CONDITION for all Cards:
X. Under Construction
0. Not under Construction (all
other Conditions)
File by COLOR OF CAFDS for all Cards*:
1. White Cards (Structures)
2. Yellow Cards (Other Units)
File by SIMPLIFIED TYPE OF
STRUCTURE for all White
Cards* and for all Cards*:
17. Single Family
18. Two Family
19. Three or Four Family
20. Apartment
21. Other
File by TYPE OF STRUCTURE
for a.ll White Cards*:
3. Single Family Detached
4. Single Family Attached
5. Two Family Side by Side
6. Two Family Two Decker
7. Three Family Three Decker
8. Four Family Double Two Decker
9. Apartment - 5 to 9 Units
10. Apartment - 10 to 19 Units
11. Apartment - 20 to 39 Units
12. Apartment - 40 Units or More
13. Business with Dwelling Units
14. Other Non-converted
15. Partially Converted
lo. Completely Converted
Working File by OCCUPANCY for
all White Cards*
by Type of Structure group:
22. Owner Occupied
23. Non-owner Occupied
Working Filo by OCCUPANCY for all
Cards* by Type of Structure Croup
24. Owner Occupied
25. Tenant and Vacant
25. Tenant Occupied
27. Vacant
Cumulative File by
OCCUPANCY for all Cards*:
28. Owner Occupied
29. Tenant Occupied
30. Vacant
*Excluding cards for Units under Construction.
13543
- 5 -
Filing System for Cards During "Block Tabulation
After editing and coding is completed, all cards for each "block
will "be in a separate file. The data for Sections A, B, and C of the
Block Tabulation ere taken from the Block List (Form A), and the data
for the remaining Sections L1 to DD of the Block Ta"bula.tions arc taken
from the cards (Form B and Form C). The cards for a block should bo
withdrawn from the file and filed by CONDITION into the two following
groups:
Condition File Number
Under Construction X
Not Under Construction
(All other Conditions) 0
The cards from File X (Under Constriction) are tabulated for Section D
of the Block Tabulation only. After this tabulation is completed a rubber
band should be placed around these cards and they should be held in File
X until all tabulations for the block are completed.
The cards from File 0 (Not Under Construction) should be sorted by
COLOR OF CARD into the two following groups:
Color of Card File Number
White Cards (Structures) 1
Yellow Cards (Other Units) 2
The yellow cards should be held in File 2 until the tabulation of Section
L is completed. The white cards (File l) should be sorted by Type of
Structure into the following groups:
Type of Structure File Number
Single Family Detached 3
Single Family Attached 4
Two Family, Side by Side 5
Two Family, Two Decker o
13543
- 6 -
Type of Structure File Number
Three Family, Three Decker 7
Four Family, Double Two Decker 8
Apartment - 5 to 9 Units 9
Apartment - 10 to 19 Units 10
Apartment - 20 to 39 Units 11
Apartment - 40 or more Units 12
Business with Residential 13
Other Hon-Converted 14
Partially Converted 15
Completely Converted 16
All cards from Files 3 to 16 ("by Type of Structure) are used in the
tabulation of Section E by Type of Structure. The cards from Files
15 and 15 (Converted Structures) are used in the tabulation of Section
F. After this tabulation is completed the Type of Structure groups of
white cards in Files 3 to 16 should be assembled into the simplified
Type of Structure groups indicated below:
Type of Structure File Number
Single Family 17
Two Family 18
Three or Four Family 19
Apartment 20
Other 21
The cards will be used in this order for the tabulation of Sections G
to J, inclusive. After the tabulation of Section J is completed, each
separate Type of Structure group will be sorted by OCCUPANCY into the
groups indicated below:
Occupancy File Number
Owner Occupied 22
Hon-Owner Occupied 23
In each case the white cards for a particular type of structure group
will be sorted by OCCUPANCY and placed in Files 22 and 23. Sections
K and 1 will be tabulated and the cards will be returned in Files 17
to 21 as indicated above.
13543
- 7 -
After Section L is completed, for All Type of Structure grouns
the cards from File 2 (yellow cards) will be sorted by simplified type
and combined with the white cards in Files 17 to 21 by TYPE OF STRUCTURE
as indicated above.
Each separate Type of Structure group will be tabulated on Sections
M to P of the block tabulation. After Section F is completed the cards
for a particular Type of Structure group will be sorted by OCCUPANCY
into the groups indicated below:
Occupancy file Number
Owns r 0 c cup i e d 24
Tenant and Vacant 25
The cards for the Type of Structure grcun from File 25 (Tenant and Vacant)
will be tabulated on Section R of the Block Tabulation. After this tab¬
ulation is completed the cards from File 25 will be sorted by OCCUPANCY
into the groups indicated below:
Qccu ancy File Number
Tenant 26
Vacant 27
The cai'ds for Owner Occupied Units for a particular type of structure
will be withdrawn from File 24, tabulated on line 150 of Section S,
and on Section U, and then placed in File 28 as indicated below. The
cards for Tenant Occupied Units will be withdrawn from File 25, tabu¬
lated on line 151 of Section 3 and on Section V, and placed in File
29 as indicated below. The cards for Vacant Units will bo withdrawn
from File 27, tabulated on line 152 of Section S and on Section 0, and
W, and placed in File 30. A summary of the files into which the cards
should be placed by OCCUPANCY is indicated below:
13543
8 -
Owner Occupied
Tenant Occupied
Vacant
29
30
After the tabulation of dwelling unit cards for a particular Type of
Structure group is completed on Sections M to TV the cards will have
been sorted by OCCUPANCY and placed in files 28 to 30. This same
procedure should then be carried through for each of the remain.ng Type
of Structure groups until cards for all dwelling units Not Under Con¬
struction have been placed in Piles 28 to 30 by OCCUPANCY.
The cards for all Vacant Units should be withdrawn from Pile 30
and tabulated by Duration of Vacancy on Section X. After this tabula¬
tion is completed the cards should be returned to File 30.
Cards for all Owner Occupied Units should be withdrawn from Pile
28, tabulated on Sections Y to DD in the Owner column and returned to
File 28. The cards for all Tenant Occupied Units should be withdrawn
from Pile 29, tabulated on Sections Y to DD in the Tenant column and
returned to Pile 29. After all tabulations for a block have been com¬
pleted and checked, the cards for the block should be returned to the
file with a rubber band placed around all cards for Units Under Construc¬
tion, and these cards placed at the back of the bundle.
1. The Forms A, B and C for a block will be withdrawn from "Heady
for Block Tabulation - A, and C" file and charged out to the Block Tabu¬
lation Clerk. One copy of the Block Tabulation should be prepared for
each block in the' city. Enter on the form the name of the city and state,
the enumeration district in which the block is located, and the block
number. Also enter the boundary streets of the block in the order in which
they were enumerated. The da.te enumerated as given in the head of the Bloc]
List should also be entered into the heading of the Block Tabulation.
BLOCK TABULATION
13543
- 9 -
2. From the Lend Coverage Summary Section at the top of Sheet 1
of the Block List obtain the ate a. of b] ock in square feet and enter on
line 1 of Section A of the Block Tabulation. The entries for line 2
($ Not in Permanent Use) and line 3 ($ In Fermanent Use) are obtained
from the "Percent" column of lines 2 and 3 of this Land Coverage
Summary Section of the Block List. The entries on lines 2 and 3 must
total to 10Ot. In the same manner the entry for line 4 ($ of Permanent
Use Covered "by Major Structures) can "be obtained from the "Percent"
column of line 4 of the Land Coverage Summary section of the Block List.
The entry for line 5 ($ of Permanent Use Not Covered by Major Structures)
is obtained by subtracting the entry on line 4 from 100$. All of these
entries must be very carefully checked.
3. Obtain the encry for line 6 of Section B of the Block Tabula¬
tion, from "Niunoer of Major Structures" as entered at the top of Sheet 1
of the Block List. Obtain the count of Major Structures by Type for lines
7 to 11 of Section B of the Block Tabulation by counting the entries in
column 11 of the block list, classified by groups according to the code
indicated in column 12. It should be observed that when no code is given
in column 12 opposite an entry in column 11, the last code entered above
the line in column 12 will apply to the column 11 entry. This tabulation
requires only a count of each structure as indicated in column rl and not
the total of the area of the structures by type. The groups into which
the entries should be classified on the basis of column 12 are indicated
below:
13543
10 -
Number of
Major Structures
Code as Indicated in
Column 12 of Slock List.
Residential without "business
Residential with business
Commercial
Industrial
Public and Institutional
A, B or C
D or E
F
0
H
There should be no entries in column 11 of the Block List for proper¬
ties coded I, J, K or L in column 12. CHECK THE COUNT OF STRUCTURES
BY TYPE. Enter the results in lines 7 to 11 of Section B of the Block
Tabulation, CHECK THE POSTING. The total of the entries on lines 7
to 11 must check with the entry on line 6.
4. From the bottom of the last sheet of the Block List for the
block, determine the total number of occupied and vacant business units
J
from the totals of columns 7 and 8 and enter on lines 13 and 14 of
Section B of the Block Tabulation. Obtain the entry for lino 13 (Total
Business Units) by adding the entries on lines 13 and. 14. Thrt trans¬
cription and addition must be carefully checked.
5. Withdraw all white and yellow cards for a particular block
from the file. Sort these cards by CONDITION into the following
groups:
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. If the Enumeration Instructions have
been carried out properly, all Under Construction Units will be Vacant
Units, If any Owner or Tenant Occupied, Under Construction Units are
found, the Condition should he changed in accordance with the INSTRUC¬
TIONS TO ENUMERATORS.
Under Construction
Not Under Construction
(all other Condition groups)
Condition
After Sorting Place in File No
X
0
13543
- 11 -
6. Sort all cards from File X (Units Under Construction) "by 'TYPE
OF STRUCTURE into the following groups:
Single Family (l. Single Family Detached, and
2. Single Family Attached).
Two Family (3. Two Family, Side "by Side, and
4. Two Family, Two Decktr)
Three or Four
Family (5. Three Family, Three Decker, and
6. Four Family, Double Two Decker)
Apartment (7. Apartment)
Other (8. Business with Dwelling Units,
9. Other Nor-Converted,
10. & 11. - Converted, and
No Report on Type.)
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on lines 17 to 21 of Dwelling Units Column of Section D of the Block
Tabulation. Count the White cards only in each group and post on lines
17 to 21 of Residential Structures column of Section D of Block Tabula¬
tion. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entries on lines 16
a.re obtained by adding the entries on lines 17 to 21. This is the
only tabulation on the Block Tabulation on which cards from File X
(Units Under Construction) are used. All of the remaining sections
of the Tabulation are based on cards for Units and Structures Not
Under Construction.
7. Sort all cards for File 0 (Units Not Under Construction)
by color of card, into the following groups:
Color of Card After Tabulation place in File No.
White Cards 1
(Structure Cards)
Yellow Cards 2
(Other Dwelling Units)
13543
- 12 -
CHECK THE SORTING CF THE CARDS. Count the white cards and post on
line 22 of Residential Structures column of Section E. Count the
white and yellow cards and post on line 22 of Dwelling Units column
of Section E. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING.
8. Sort all cards from File 1 (Structure Cards, Not Unde~
Construction) "by TYFS OF STRUCTURE, into the following groups:
Type of Structure After Posting Place in File No.
Single Family Detached
3
Single Family Attached
4
Two Family, Side by Side
5
Two Family, Two Decker
6
Three Family, Three Decker
7
Four Family, Double Two Decker
8
Apartment, 5 to 9 Units
9
Apartment, 10 to 19 Units
10
Apartment, 20 to 39 Units
11
Apartment, 40 Units or More
12
Business with Dwelling Units
13
Other Non-Converted
14
Partially Converted
15
Completely Converted
16
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post on lines 23 to 36 of Residential Structures column of Section
E, of the Plock Tabulation. The total of the entries on lines 23
to 36 of Residential Structures column must check with the entry
on li 'C 22. The entries for line 23 and 24 (Single Family Sti ctures)
of Dwelling Units column are the same as the entries on these lines
in Residential Structures column. The entries on lines 25 and 26
(Two Family Structures) of Dwelling Units column are obtained by
multiplying the entries in Residential Structures column by two. The
entry for lines 27 (Three Family Structure) of Dwelling Units column
is obtained by multiplying the entry on line 27 of Residential Struc¬
tures column by three. The entry for line 28 (Four Family Structure)
o^TUDwelling Units is obtained by multiplying the entry on line 28 of
13543
- 13 -
Residential Structures column "by four. The entries for lines 35 to
*
t
36 of Dwelling Units column are obtained by adding the Number of Units
reported in the Type of Structure section of the card for the prooer
Type of Structure groups of cards. CHECK THE TABULATION AND THE
POSTING. The total entries on lines 23 to 36 of Dwelling Units
column must check with the entry on line 22 of this column.
9. Sort all cards from File 15 (Partially Converted Structures)
by Year Converted, into the following groups:
1935
1930 - 1934
1925 - 1929
1920 - 1924
1919 - or Before
No Report on Year Converted
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post on lines 39 to 43 and 33 of Partially Converted column of Section
F. The entry on line 37 (Total) of Partially Converted column is ob¬
tained by totalling the entries on lines 38 to 45. This entry on line
37 must check with the entry on line 35 of Residential Structu* s column.
10. Sort all cards from File 16 (Completely Converted Structures)
by Year Converted in the manner indicated in paragraph 9 above and post
in Completely Converted column of Section F. The entry on line 37
(Total) of Completely Converted column must check with the entry on line
36 of Residential Structures column.
11. Withdraw all cards from File 3 to 16 (by Type of Structure)
and combine these groups into the following simplified Type of Struc¬
ture groups:
13543
- 14 -
Type of Structure File Number
Single Family 17
(includes cards from
files 3 and 4)
Two Family 18
(includes cards from
files 5 and 6)
Three or Four Families 19
(includes cards from
file 7 and 8)
Apartment - 20
(includes cards from
file 9, 10, 11 and 12)
Other - 21
(includes cards from
file 13, 14, 15 and 16)
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post in the proper columns of line 44. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE
POSTING. The errt ry in line 44 of Single Family column must check
with the total of the entries on line 23 and 24 of Residential Struc¬
tures column. The entry on line 44 of Two Family column must check
with, the total of the entries on lines 25 rand 26 of Residential Struc¬
tures column. The entry on line 44 of 3 or 4 Family column must check
with the total of the entries on lines 27 and 28 of the Residential
Structures column. The entry on line 44 of Apartment column must check
with the Total of the entries on lines 29 to 32 of Residential Struc¬
tures column. The entry on line 44 of Other column must check with the
total of the entries on lines 33 to 36 of Residential Structure column.
12. Sort all cards from File 17 (Single Family Structures) "by
BUSINESS UNITS into the following groups:
No Business Units
With Business Units
No Report on Business Units
13543
- 15 -
CHECK THE SORTING CF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post on lines 47, 48 and 45 of Single Family column of Section G.
CHECK THE COURTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for line 46 Total
Reports on Business Units is obtained 'by adding the entries on
lines 47 and 48. The total of the entries on lines 45 and 45 must
check with the entry on line 44. While in the case of the 1 to 4
family structures there should he no business units, this tabula¬
tion should be carried forward to check the cards and some busi¬
ness units night be recorded in apartments and other structures
which are tabulated later.
13. Sort all cards from File 17 (Single Family Structures)
by EXTERIOR MATERIAL into the following groups:
1. Wood
2. Brick
3. Stone, 4. Stucco, 5. Other
X. No Report on Material
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post on lines 50 to 52 and 49 of Single Family column of Section H.
CHECK THE COUNTING AID THE POSTING. The total of the entries on
lines 49 to 52 must check with the entry on line 44.
14. Sort all cards from File 17 (Single Family Structures) by
CONDITION into the following groups:
1. Good Condition
2. Minor Repairs
3. Major Repairs
4. Unfit for Use
X. No Report on Condition
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group ana
post on lines 55 to 58 and 53 of Single Family column of Section I.
CHECK THE COUNTING AID THE POSTING. The entry for line 54 Total Re¬
ports on Condition is obtained by adding the entries on lines 55 to
58. The total of the entries on lines 53 and 54 must check with the
entry on line 44.
13543 - 16 -
15. Sort all cards from File 17 (Single Family Structures)
"by YEAR BUILT, into the following groups:
A. 1935
B. 1930 - 1934
C. 1925 - 1929
D. 1920 - 1924
E. 1915 - 1919
F. 1905 - 1914
G. 1895 - 1904
H. 1885 - 1894
I. 1860 - 1884
J. 1859 or Before
X. No Report on Year Built
As an additional check on the ceding of the cards, check the cards in
each Year Built group to verify the fact that the Year Built and the
Code agree. If errors in coding are located they should he corrected.
Count the cards in each Year Built group and post on lines 62 to 71 and
60 of Single Family column of Section J. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE
POSTING. The entry on line 61 (Total Reports on Year Built) is obtained
by adding the entries on lines 62 to 71. The total of the entries on
lines 60 and 61 must check with the entry on line 44.
16. Carry through the procedure indicated in paragraphs 12 to
15 with each of the remaining Type of Structure groups of Structure
cards (Files 18 to 21). This procedure must be carried through sep¬
arately with each of the groups of cards. The results of the tabula¬
tion should be posted in the proper columns of Sections G to J of the
Block Tabulation. After the tabulation for any Type of Structure group
is completed, the cards should be returned to the file from which they
were obtained. The entries for linos 44 to 58 and 50 to 71 of Total
t
column are obtained by adding the corresponding entries in the Type of
Structure columns. The entry for line 44 of the Total column must check
with the entry on line 22 of the Residential Structures column.
13543
- 17 -
17. Sort all cards from File 17 (Single Family Structures) by
OCCUPANCY into the following groups:
Occupancy After Posting Placo in File Number
Owner Occupied 22
Non-Owner Occupied 23
(Tenant & Vacant)
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards for Owner Occupied
Structures (File 22) and post on line 73 Total Owner Occupied Resi¬
dential Structures of Single Family column. CHECK THE COUNTING AND
THE POSTING. Place the cards for Single Family Structures in Files
22 and 23 as indicated above,
18. Sort all cards from File 22 (O^-ner Occupied, Single Family
Structures) "by ENCUMBRANCE into the following groups:
1. Mortgage of Land Contract
2. No Encumbrance
X. No Report on Encumbrance
CHECK TEE SORTING OF THE CAPES. Count the cards in each group and post
on lines 76, 77, and 74 of Single Family column of Section K. CHECK THE
COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for line 75 (Total Reports on En¬
cumbrance) is obtained by adding the entries on lines 76 and 77. The
total of the entries on lines 74 and 75 must check with the entry on line
77
( Of
19. Sort all cards from File 22 (Owner Occupied, Single Family
Structures) by VALUE OF PROPERTY into the following groups:
A. $499 or less
B. 500 - $999
C. 1,000 - 1,499
D. 1,500 - 1,999
E. 2,000 - 2,499
F. 2,500 - 2,999
G. 3,000 - 3,999
13543
18 -
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
M.
N.
0.
X.
$4,000 - 4,599
5,000 - 5,999
6,000 - 7,999
8,000 - 9,999
10,000 - 14,999
15,000 - 19,999
20,000 - 29,999
30,000 or More
No Report on Value
As an additional check on the coding of the cards, check the cards
in each Value of Property group to verify the fact that the Value of
Property and Value of Property Code agree. If errors in coding are lo¬
cated they should "be corrected. Count the cards in each group and post
on lines 83 to 97 and 79 of the Single Family column of section L. CHECK
THE COUNTING AND POSTING. The entry for lino 80 (Total P.eports on Value) I
obtained by adding the entries on lines 83 to 97, The total of the
entries on lines 79 and 80 must check with the entry on line 73. Obtain
a total of the Value of Property reported on Owner Occupied Structure
cards (from File 22) on which this item is reported. It will be most
convenient to rise an adding machine in obtaining this total. Post the
total amount on lino 81 of Single Family column of section L. CHECK
THE ADDITION AND THE POSTING. After this tabulation is completed, the
cards for Single Family Structures should be removed from Files 22 and
23 and re-turned to Files 17.
20. Carry through the procedure indicated in paragraphs 17 to 19
with all cards from File 18 (Two Family Structures) and File 19 (Three
and Four Family Structures); also carry through the procedure indicated
in paragraphs 17 and 18 with all cards from File 20 (Apartment) and File
21 (Other Structures). The tabulation by Value of Property is not re¬
quired for Apartments or Other Structures. Post the results in the proper
13543
- 19 -
columns of lines 73 to 97. This procedure must he carried through separ¬
ately for each of the Type of Structure groups, (Files IS to 21).
During the process of tabulation the cards for a Type of Structure group
will "be sorted "by Occupancy, placed in Files 22 and 23, tabulated by
Encumbrance and Value of Property (for cards from Files IS and 19 only),
after which the cards will be removed from the Files 22 and 25 and placed
in the Type of Structure file (Files 18 to 21) from which they were drawn.
Tne entries for lines 73 to 77, of Total column are obtained by adding
the corresponding entries in all of the Type of Structure columns.
21. Sort all Cards from File 2 (Other Dwelling Units, yellow
cards ) by TYPE OF STRUCTURE into the following groups :
Type of Structure After Posting Place in File No.
Single Family
(l. Single Family Detached, and
2. Single Family Attached) 17
Two Family
(3. Two Family, Side by Side, and
4. T'wc Family, Two Decker) 18
Three or Four
Family
(5. Three Family, Three Decker,
6. Four Family, Double Two Decker) 19
Apartment
(7. Apartment) 20
Other
(8. Business with Dwelling Units 21
9. Other Non-Converted
10. & 11. Converted, and
No Eeport on Type.)
CHECK THE SORTING- CF THE CARDS. Place these yellow cards by Type of
Structure into Files 17 to 21 as indicated above. The white cards
will already be in these files. After this operation is completed all
13543
- 20 -
cards for Units Not Under Construction will be in Pile 17 to 21 by
Type of Structure. Withdraw all the cards from each file 17 to ul,
keeping each group separate. Count the cards in each group and post
in the proper columns on line 98. CHECK THE COUNTING- AND THE POSTING.
The entry on line 98 of the Single Family column must check with the
total of the entries cn lines 23 and 24 of Dwelling Units column. The
entry on line 98 of the Two Family column must check with the total of
the entries on lines 25 and 26 of Dwelling Units column. The entry on
line 98 of 3 or 4 Family column must check with the total of the entries
on lines 27 and 28 of the Dwelling Units column. The entry on lines
98 of the Apartment column must check with the total of the entries on
lines 29 to 32 of the Dwelling Units column. The entry on line 98 of
the "Other" column must check with the total of the entries on lines 33
to 36 of the Dwelling Units column. After counting, the cards should
be returned to Files 17 to 21 as indicated above.
22. Sort all cards from File 17 (Single Family Units) by
PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, into the following groups:
A. At least 2 Toilets and 2 Bathing Units
3. At least 2 Toilets and 1 Bathing Unit
C. 1 Toilet and at least 1 Bathing Unit
D. At least 1 Toilet, less than 1 Bath
E. Shared Toilet and Running Water
F. Shared Toilet but No Running Water
G. No Toilet but with Running Water
H. No Toilet and No Running Water
X. No Report on Plumbing
As an additional check of the coding of the cards, check the cards in
cac-h Plumbing Equipment group to verify the fact that the Plumbing Equip¬
ment entries and the Code agree. If errors in coding are located they
should be corrected. Count the cards in each group and post on lines 101
to 108 and 99 of Single Family column of Section M. CHECK THE COUNTING
13543
- 21 -
AND 'THE POSTING. Tho entry for line 100 (Total Reports on Plumbing
Equipment) is obtained by adding the entries on lines 101 to 108. The
total of the entries on lines 99 and 100 must chock with the entry on
line 98.
23. Sort all cards from File 17 (All Single Family Units), by
BEATING EQUIPMENT, into the following groups;
1. Central Steam or Hot Water
2. Central Warm Air
3. Other Installed
4. None Installed
X. No Report on Heating
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on lines 113 to 116 and 111 of Single Family column of Section N.
CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for line 112 (Total Re¬
ports on Heating Equipment) is obtained by adding the entries on lines
113 to 117. The total of the entries on lines 111 and 113 must check
with the entry on line 98.
24. Sort all cards from File 17 (All Single Family Units) by
PERSONS PER ROOM into the following groups.
A. .50 or Less
3. .51 to .75
C. .76 to 1.00
D. 1.01 to 1.50
E. 1.51 to 2.00
F. 2.01 or More
X. No Report on Persons per Room
(include all cards for Vacant Units
in this group).
As an additional check on the coding of tho cards, check the cards in
each PERSONS PER ROOM group to verify the code with the number of persons
and the number of rooms. If errors in coding are located they should be
corrected. Count the cards in each group and post on lines 120 to 125
and 118 of Single Family column of Section 0. CHECK THE COUNTING AND
13543
- 22 -
THE POSTING-. The entry for line 119 (Total .Reports on Persons Per
Room) is obtained by adding the entries on lines 120 to 125. The total
of the entries in lines 118 and 119 must check with the entries on line 98.
25. Sort all cards from file 17 (All Single Family Units) by
NUMBER OP ROOMS, into the following groups:
1 Room
2 Rooms
3 Rooms
4 Rooms
5 Rooms
6 Rooms
7 Rooms
8 Rooms or More
No Report on Rooms
CHECK THE SORTING- OF THE CARES. Count the cards in each group and post
on lines 128 to 135 and 127 of Single Family column of Section P. CHECK
THE COUNTING AND TEE POSTING. The total of the entries on lines 127 to
135 must check with the entry on line 98.
26. Obtain a total of Monthly Rent reported on all cards from
File 17 (All Single Family Units). This total may be obtained most
easily by using an adding machine. Post the total on line 158 of Single
Family column of S> ction T. CHECK TEE ADDITION AND THE POSTING.
27. Sort all cards from File 17 by OCCUPANCY into the following
groups:
Occupancy After Sorting Placu in File No.
Owner Occupied 24
Tenant & Vacant 25
CHECK THE SORTING OE THE CARDS. Count the cards for Owner Occupied
Units and post on line 150 of Single Family column of Section S.
Place the cards in Files 24 and 25 as indicated above.
13543
- 23 -
28. Sort all cards from file 25 (All Tenant and Vacant, Single
Family Units) "by FURNITURE into the following groups:
Furniture Hot Included in Rent
Furniture Included in Rent
No Report on Furniture
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post on
lines 147, 148 and 145 of Single Family column of Section R. CHECK THE ,
COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for line 146 (Total Reports on
Furniture) is obtained by adding the entries on lines 147 and 148.
29. Sort all cards from File 25 (All Tenant and Vacant Single
Family Units) by OCCUPANCY, into the following groups:
Occupancy After Posting Place in File Number
Tenant Occupied Units 26
Vacant Units 27
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post on
lines 151 and 152 of the Single Family column of Section S. CHECK THE
COUNTING AND POSTING. The total of the entries on lines 150 to 152 must
check with the entry on line 98. Place the cards in Files 26 and 27 as
indicated above.
30. Sort all the cards from File 27 (Vacant Single Family Units)
by NUMBER OF ROOMS, into the following groups:
1 Room
2 Rooms
3 Rooms
4 Rooms
5 Rooms
6 Rooms
7 Rooms
8 Rooms or More
No Report on Rooms
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post on
lines 137 to 144 and 136 of the Single Family column of Section Q,. CHECK
THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The total of entries on lines 136 to 144
must check with the entry on line 152. Return the cards to File 27
13543
- 24 -
(Vacant Single Family Units) when this tabulation is completed.
31. Sort all cards from File 24 (All Owner Occupied, Single Family
Units) by Monthly Rent into the following groups:
A. $4.99 and less
B. 5.00 to $9.99
C. 10.00 to 14.99
D. 15.00 to 19.99
E. 20.00 to 24.99
F. 25.00 to 29.99
G. 30.00 to 39.99
H. 40.00 to 49.99
I. 50.00 to 74.99
J. 75.00 to 99.99
E. 100.00 to 149.99
L. 150.00 and More
X. No Report on Rent
As an additional check on the coding of the cards, check the cards in each
Monthly Rent group to verify the fact that the Monthly Rent and the code
agree. If errors in coding are located they should be corrected. Count
the cards in each group and post on lines 173 to 184 and 172 of Single
Family column of Section U. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The
total of the entries on lines 172 to 184 must check with the entry on
line 150. After this tabulation is completed, place the cards for Owner
Occupied, Single Family Units, in File 28. (Owner Occupied Units.)
32. Carry through the procedure indicated in paragraph 31 with all
cards from File 26 (All Tenant Occupied, Single Family Units). Post tho
results on linos 185 to 197 of Single Family column of Section V. The
total of the entries on lines 185 to 197 must check with the entries on
line 151. After this tabulation is completed, place the cards for
Tenant Occupied, Single Family Units, in File 29. (Tenant Occupied Units.)
33. Carry through the procedure indicated in paragraph 31 with
all cards from File 27 (All Vacant Single Family Units). Post the
results on lines 198 to 210 of Single Family column of Section W.
The total of the e itries on lines 198 to 210 must check with the entry
13543
- 25 -
or. line 152. After this tabulation is completed, place the cards for
Vacant, Single Family Units, in File 30. (Vacant Units.)
34. The entries for Monthly Rent, All Units section, (lines 156 and
160 to 171 of Section T) are obtained by adding the corresponding entries in
Sections U, V. and W. of the Block Tabulation. The entry for line 157 is
obtained by adding the entries on lines 160 to 171. The total of the
entries on lines 156 and 157 must check with the entry on line 98. After
this tabulation is completed the cards for Single Family Units will have
been placed in the following files by Occupancy:
35. Carry through the procedure indicated in paragraphs 22 to 34
with each of the remaining Type of Structure groups of cards (Files 18
to 21) and post the results on lines 98 to 210 of the proper column of
the Block Tabulation. This procedure must be carried through separately
for each of the Type of Structure groups. After the tabulation of" all
Type of Structure groups has been completed, the cards for all units will
have been placed in Files 28 to 30 by Occupancy. The entries for Total
column of lines 98 to 210, except lines 109, 110, 117, 126, 149, 153, 155,
and 159 are obtained by adding the corresponding entries in all of the
Typo of Structure columns.
36. Withdraw all the cards from Files 28 to 30, keeping each group
separate. Count the cards in each group and post on line 224 for Owner and
Tenant, Files 28 and 29, and on line 211 for Vacant cards, File 30. CHECK
THE COUNTING- AID THE POSTING. The entry on line 211 must check with the
entry in the Total column on line 152. The entry on line 224 of the
Tenant column must check with the entry on line 151 of the Total column.
The entry on line 224 of the Owner column must check with the entr;'
Occupancy
File Number
Owner Occupied
Tenant Occupied
Vacant
28
29
30
13543
- 26 -
on line 150 in the Tota.l column.
37. Sort all cards from File 30 (All Vacant Units) "by DURATION
OF VACANCY into the following groups:
J •
Less than 1 Month
K.
1 Month
L.
2 Months
M.
3-5 Months
N.
6-8 Months
0.
9-11 Months
P.
1 Year - 1 Year, 11 Months
Q,-
2 Years - 2 Years, 11 Month:
R.
3 Years or More
X.
No Report on Duration
As an additional check on the coding of the cards, check the cards in
each Duration group to verify the fact that the Duration and the code
agree. If errors in coding are located they should "be corrected. Count
the cards in each group and post on lines 214 to 222 and 212 of Section X.
The entry for line 213 (Total Reports on Duration) is obtained by adding
the entries on lines 214 to 222. The total of the entries on lines 212
and 213 must check with the entry on line 211. This completes the tabula¬
tions for Vacant Units. The cards should be returned to File 30.
38. Sort all cards from File 23 (All Q?mer Occupied Units) by
DURATION OF OCCUPANCY into the following groups:
A. Less than 6 Months
B. 6 Months - 11 Months
C. 1 Year - 1 Year, 11 Months
D. 2 Years - 2 Years, 11 Months
S. 3 Years - 4 Years, 11 Months
F. 5 Years - 9 Years, 11 Months
G. 10 Years - 19 Years, II Months
H. 20 Years or More
X. No Report on Duration
As an additional chock on the coding of the cards, check the co^ds in
each Duration of Occupancy group to verify the fact that the Duration
and the code agree. If errors in coding are located they should be
13543
- 27 -
corrected. Count the cards in each group and post on lines £27 to 234 and
225 of Owner column of Section Y. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The
entry for line 226 (Total Reports on Duration) is obtained by adding the
entries on lines 227 to 234. The total of the entries on lines 225 and 226
must check with the entry on line 224.
39. Sort all cards from File 28 (All Owner Occupied Units) into the
two following groups, on the basis of completeness of report of Total
Number of Persons in Unit::
Total Number of Persons Reported
Total Number of Persons Not Reported
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on lines 237 and 236 of Owner column of Section Z. CHECK TEE COUNTING
AND THE POSTING. The total of the entries on line 236 and 237 must check
with the entry on line 224. Using the adding machine, if possible, obtain
a total of the Total Number of persons in Unit for all cords for Owner
Occupied Units reporting this item. Post this total on line 238 of the
Owner column. CHECK THE ADDITION AND THE POSTING. When this tabulation
is completed return cards to File 28.
40. Sort all cards from File 28 (All Owner Occupied Units), into
the two following groups; on the basis of NUMBER AND AGE OF ALL PERSONS.
Number and Age of Persons Reported
Number and Age of Persons Not Reported
This sort will differ from the one indicated in paragraph 39 in that a
unit for which Total Number of Persons was reported would be included
as a complete report in paragrapn 39, even though the Number of Persons
by Age Group was not reported. For the sort indicated immediately above,
it is necessary for the Age of Persons to be reported, as well as the
Total Number of Persons. CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the
cards in each group and post on lines 241 and 240 of Owner column of
13543
- 28 -
Section AA. The total of the entries on lines 240 and 241 must check with
the entry on line 224. By using a tally sheet, obtain the Number of Per¬
sons in each age group from the cards on which Number and Age is completely
reported. Enter these totals on lines 243 to 249 of Owner column. Obtain
a total of the Total Persons in Unit on all cards reporting Number and
Age of Persons; using an adding machine, if possible. Enter this total
on line 242 of Owner column. The total of the entries on lines 243 to 249
must check with the entry on line 242.
41. Sort all cards from Pile 28 (All Owner Occupied Units) on which
Number and Age of Persons is reported by whether or not children are
present in the unit. If an entry other than zero appears, on "Under 1
Year", "1 - 4 Years", "5 - 9 Years", "10 - 14 Years" lines of NUMBER AND
AG-E OP ALL PERSONS section of the card and the Age of Persons section is
properly filled out on the card, the card should be counted as "With
Children 14 Years or Less". Enter the number of such cards on line 250
of Owner column.
42. Sort all cards from Pile 28 (All Owner Occupied Units) by
RACE OF HOUSEHOLD into the following groups:
1. White
2. Negro
3. Other
X. No Report on Race
CHECK THE SORTING OF TEE CARDS. Count the cards in each group ana post
on lines 254 to 256 and 252 of Owner column. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE
POSTING. The entry for lino 253 (Total Reports on Race) is obtained by
adding the entries on 254 to 256. The total of the entries on lines 252
and 253 must check with the entry on line 224.
45. Sort all cards from Rile 28 (All Owner Occupied Units) by
NUMBER. OP ROOMERS, into the following groups:
13543
- 29 -
Units with no Roomers
Units with 1 Roomor
Units with 2 Roomers
Units with 3 or 4 Roomers
Units with 11 Roomers or More
No Report on Roomers
CHECK TEE SORTING- OF THE CARDS. Check the cards in each group and post on
linos 260 to 265 and 258 of Owner column of Section CC. CHECK THE COUNTING
AND THE POSTING. The entry for line 259 (Total Reports on Roomers) is
obtained "by adding the entries on lines 260 to 265. The total of the en¬
tries on lines 258 and 259 must check with the entry on line 224.
44. Sort all cards from File 28 (All Owner Occupied Units) "by
EXTRA FAMILIES into the following groups:
Units with Extra Families
Units with No Extra Families, or
Units with No Report on Extra Families
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards for Units with Extra
Families and post on line 267 of Owner column. CHECK THE COUNTING AND
THE POSTING. Add the number of Extra Families on all cards for Units with
Extra Families and post this total on line 268 of the Owner column. On a
form similar tc the one indicated "below, tally each Extra Family reported on
the cards for Units with Extra Families by Number of Persons in Extra
Families groups.
Number of Extra Families with
1 Person
2 Persons
3 Persons
4 Persons
or More
No Report
on Persons
13543
- 30 -
It should bo observed' that a card with two Extra Families should have two
Number of Persons entries, and a card with three Extra Families should have
three Number of Persons entries, etc. Obtain a total of the tallies and
post on lines 270 to 273 and 269 of the Owner column. The total of en¬
tries on lines 269 to 273 must check with the entry on line 268. This
completes the tabulations on the Block Tabulation for Owner Occupied Units.
These cards should be returned to File 28.
45. Carry through the procedure indicated in paragraphs 38 to 44,
with all cards from File 29, (All Tenant Occupied Units). Post the
results on lines 224 to 273 of Tenant column. The entry on line 224 of
Tenant column must check with the entry on line 151 of Total column.
This completes the tabulation on Block Tabulation for Tenant Occupied Units
and these cards should be returned to File 29. The entries for lines 224
to 273 of Total column are obtained by adding the corresponding entries in
Owner and Tenant column.
46. The entries for the following lines are obtained in the manner
indicated. Each of these entries must "ds carefully checked. The indicated
figures should be computed for each of the columns.
15
59
72
78
109
100
117
126
149
153
154
155
223
235
251
257
266
82
159
239
13543
- 31 -
LIME
LINE
fo Business Units Vacant)
14
fo Major Repairs & Unfit for Use)
57/58
fo Built 1919 or Before)
66/67/68/69/70/71
f With Mortgage or Land. Contract)
76
f Without at least 1 Toilet & 1 Bath)
104/105/106/107/103
fa With No Running Water)
106/108
fo With No Central Heat)
115/116
fo With 1.51 or More Persons per Room)
124/125
fo With Furnishings Included)
148
fo - Owner)
150
f - Tenant)
151
f - Vacant)
152
f - Vacant - 6 Months or More)
218/219/220/221/222
f - Occupied Less than 5 Years)
227-223-229-230-231
f - With Children)
250
fo — Negro and Other)
255/256
f - With 3 Roomers or More)
263/264/265
Average Value of Property)
81
Average Rent Per Unit)
158
Average Persons Per Unit)
238
13543
- 32 -
47. Aft er the tabulation for a block is completed, withdraw
all cards from File 28 (Owner Occupied), File 29 (Tenant Occupied),
and File 30 (Vacant). Combine these cards into one group, also,
withdraw all cards from File X (Under Construction). Place a rubber
band around the cards for Units Under Construction and place these cards on
the bottom of the pile of cards for Units Not Under Construction. Enter
your name and. the data opposite "Block Tabulation" on the Block Face Card
and attach the Face Card to the Forms A, B and C and return the forms and
the Block Tabulation Sheet to the file.
48. The Forms A, B and C and the Block Tabulation Sheet for a block
will be withdrawn from the "Ready for Block Tabulation Inspection" file and
routed to the Block Tabulation Inspector. The Inspector should examine the
Block Tabulation for any apparent discrepancy in editing or coding. If anj-
such errors are located, the cards involved must be scrutinized and if
corrections are required, the Supervisor should be consulted, who will
make the necessary corrections. The Block Tabulation must be adjusted for
these corrections. T7hile corrections of this type may be made at this
point, the entries on the card must not be altered after the tabulation of
Table 1 to 14 has been started. The Block Tabulation Inspector should
enter his name and the date opposite "Block Tabulation Inspection" on the
Block'Face Card and return the forms and the Block Tabulation Sheet to the
Filing Division.
49. After the tabulations of Block Tabulations for all blocks in the
area are completed, it may be desirable to secure data for areas larger
than the blocks but smaller than the area as a whole. These areas might
be census tracts, economic areas, or areas set up for any slum clearance,
civic improvement, or other purpose.
13543
- 33 -
To obtain the data for these areas, sort the Block Tabulations into
groups on the basis of the areas. Prepare a Block Tabulation for
each of these areas and enter the proper designations in the headings.
Obtain the entries for lines 1 to 273 (except percents and averages)
by adding the corresponding entries on the Block Tabulation for all
blocks in the area. These entries must be very carefully checked.
The percent and average figures for the area should be computed in
the manner indicated in paragraph 46. In a similar manner a Block
Tabulation of the Area as a whole may be prepared by summarizing the
data on the Tabulations for Areas, if the selected areas cover the
full region included in Tables 1 to 14.
13543
TABULATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR DWELLING SURVEY
PART II
Tables for Units Under Construction
and
Tables fof Structure Data
Prepared by: Office of Statistical Coordinator, PERA
Division of Economics and Statistics, PEA
June 1, 1935
13543
TABULATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR DWELLING- SURVEY
PART II
Tables for Units Under Construction
and
Tables for Structure Data.
Tables 1 to 6
Introduction
After the Block Tabulation has been completed for all of the
blocks in the area covered by the survey, the tables covering the
area as a whole should be prepared.
/
Part II has to do with structure data. Table 1 deals with
Structures Under Construction, while Tables 2 to.6 cover the data
on all Structures Not Under Construction. Re-read the introductory
section of Part I Tabulation Instructions carefully.
A subdivision of the work is possible at. certain points. For
instance, the fact that the Single Family Detached cards predominate
in most cities makes it possible to divide the operations in Table 3,
by assigning one group of people to the work of sorting and counting
the cards of that type of structure and another group to the work of
sorting and counting the cards in all the other categories. The same
is true in the case of Tables 4 and 5. This suggestion may also be
followed at any point where the sorting and counting is based on Type
of Structure.
At various points in these instructions there is introduced
a device which should help in locating errors which become evident
only after a sort and count is completed. By placing rubber bands
around groups of cards 7/hich have been sorted into particular cate¬
gories and counted, it is usually possible to check the count and
discover errors which show up in the final total without making a
13543
- 2 -
complete recount. Once a correct total is achieved the rubber bands will
- be removed from the cards as indicated in the instructions relating to
the next operation.
During the tabulation of the Block Tabulation it has been repeat¬
edly suggested that the coding and editing should be rechecked and if
this work has been done accurately there will be no remaining errors.
However, in the event that there are still errors in either editing
or coding the following method should be followed. One rule that
must be followed explicitly is that no change in the editing or cod¬
ing of any card can be made after tabulation of Tables 1 to 16 has
started. If such an error is located, copy onto a duplicate card, with
black ink, all of the data appearing on the card, this includes the
edited data, as well as the original entries, used in the tabulations.
Indicate on the duplicate card with red ink the change in editing or
coding which should be made. The only red entries on the card will be
changes in editing or coding. Mark this duplicate card "Duplicate"
and draw diagonal red lines in both directions on the duplicate. Enter
a "D" in red on the original card to the right of "II This Dwelling
Unit", to indicate to subsequent tabulators that a duplicate card has
been prepared. No change in editing or coding should be made on the
original card. These cards for which duplicate cards have been pre¬
pared should be restored to the tabulation and included in all subse¬
quent tabulations. The duplicate cards must not be included in any
of the tabulations.
Note:- Pages 3 to 8 on the General Piling System have been removed
from this section and are now included in "Instructions to Filing
Section".
13543
- 3 -
Preparati0x1 of Piling Cards for use During Tabulation
of Tables 1 to 16
Before tabulation of Tables 1 to 16 is started, a set of file
cards should be made up with the designations indicated below. A
Piling Division should be set up and all cards should be retained in
this division except those on which actual tabulation work is being
carried forward.
Piling Cards for Use Puring Tabulation of
Tables 1 to 6
File by CONDITION for All Cards.
X. Under Construction
0. Not Under Construction (All other Conditions).
File by TYPE OP STRUCTURE for All Cards*.
White & Yellow
Cards
Yellow White
Cards Cards
Structures and
Dwelling Units
Other Structures
Units
Pile Pile
File
TYPE OP STRUCTURE
1
I
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
II
12
13
14
15
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
la
2a
3a
4a
5a
6a
7a
8a
9a
10a
11a
12a
13a
14a
15a
Single Family Detached
Single Family Attached
Two Family, Side by Side
Two Family, Two Decker
Three Family, Three Decker
Four Family, Double 2 Decker
Apartment, 5 to 9 Units
Apartment, 10 to 19 Units
Apartment, 20 to 39 Units
Apartment, 40 Units or More
Business with Residential
Other Non-Converted
Partially Converted
Completely Converted
No Report on Type
* Indicates that cards for Under Construction Units are to be omitted.
13543
- 4 -
Working File by VALUE OF ENTIRE
PROPERTY for white cards*
for Owners of Type of
Structure group.
Working File "by CONDITIONS for all
white cards*, by Type of'Structure
Occupancy - Encumbrance groups.
File
Code
Value
File
Condition
16
A
$499 or less
32 Good Condition
17
B
500 to $999
33 Minor Repairs
18
C
1,000 to 1,499
34 Major Repairs
19
D
1,500 to 1,999
35 Unfit for Use
20
E
2,000 to 2,499
36 No Report on Condition
21
F
2,500 to 2,599
22
G
3,000 to 3,999
23
H
4,000 to 4,999
24
I
5,000 to 5,999
25
J
6,000 to 7,999
26
K
8,000 to 9,999
27
L
10,000 to 14,999
28
M
15,000 to 19,999
29
i:
20,000 to 29,999
30
0
30,000 or More
31
X
No Report on Value
File
by TYPE OF
STRUCTURE, by OCCUPANCY,
by ENCUMBRANCE for all white cards*
Owner Non-Owner Owner Oc- Owner Owner
Occupied Occupied cupied Mort- Occupied Occupied
File File gaged File Free of No Report
. Encumbrance on Encum- TYPE OF STRUCTURE
File brance File
lb
lc
Id
le
If
Single Family Detached
2b
2c
2d
2e
2f
Single Family Attached
3b
3c
3d
3e
5f
Two Family Side by Side
4b
4c
4d
4e
4f
Two Family Two Decker
5b
5c
5d
5c
5f
Three Family 3 Docker
6b
6c
6d
6e
6f
Four Family Dbl.2 Docker
7c
7d
7e
7f
Apr. ,5 to "9 Units
8c
3d
8e
8f
Apr., 10 to 19 Units
9c
3d
9e
9f
Apr., 20 to 39 Units
10 c
lOd
lOe
lOf
Apr., 40 Units or More
110
lid
lie
llf
Business with Residential
12 c
12d
I2e
12f
Other Non-converted
13 c
13d
13e
13f
Partially Converted
14c
14d
14e
14f
Completely Converted
15 c
15d
15e
15f
No Report on Type
* Indicates that cards for Under Construction Units are to be omitted.
13543
- 5 -
Cumulative File by TYPE OF STRUCTURE, "by CONDITION for all white cards*.
Good
Minor
Major
Unfit
No Report
Condition
Repairs
Repairs for Use
on Condition
File
File
File
File
File
TYPE OF STRUCTURE
lg
Ih
li
lj
Ik
Single Family Detached
2g
2h
2i
2j
2k
Single Familt Attached
3g
3h
3i
3j
3k
Two Family Side "by Side
4g
4h
4i
4j
4k
Two Family Two Decker
5g
5h
5i
5j
5k
Three Family Three Decker
6g
6h
6i
6j
6k
Four Family Double 2 Decker
Vg
7h
7i
Vj
7k
Apartment, 5 to 9 Units
8g
8h
8i
8j
8k
Apartment, 10 to 19 Units
9g
9h
9i
9j
9k
Apartment, 20 to 39 Units
10g
lOh
lOi
10j
10k
Apartment, 40 Units or More
Hg
llh
Hi
llj
Ilk
Business with Residential
12g
12h
12i
I2j
12k
Other Ron-Converted
13g
13h
13i
13 j
13k
Partially Converted
14j
14h
14i
14j
14k
Completely Converted
15g
15h
15i
15 j
15k
No Report on Type
Filing Cards for Use During the Tabulation
of Tables 7 to 16
File by TYPE
OF STRUCTURE
for all
cards*.
Owner
Tenant..
Occupied
Occupied
Vacant
File
File
File
TYPE OF STRUCTURE
0-1
T—1
V-l
Single Family Detached
0-2
T-2
V—2
Single Family Attached
0-3
T—3
V-3
Two Family Side by Side
0-4
T—4
V—4
Two Family Two Decker
0-5
T-5
V-5
Three Family Three Decker
0-6
T-6
V-6
Four Family Double Two Decker
0-7
T-7
V—7
Apartment, 5 to 9 Units
0-8
T-8
V-8
Apartment, 10 to 19 Units
0-9
T-9
V-9
Apartment, 20 to 39 Units
0-10
T—10
V-10
Apartment, 40 Units or More
0-11
T-ll
V-ll
Business with Residential
0-12
T—12
V-12
Other Non-Convertod
0-13
T-13
V-13
Partially Converted
0-14
T-14
V—14
Completely Converted
0-15
T—15
V-15
No Report on Type
* Indicates that cards for Under Construction Units are to "be omitted.
13543
6 -
Working File by PERSONS PER ROOM for
all cards*
, by Type of Structure group.
Owner
Tenant
Occupied
Occupied
Code
File
File
Symbol
PERSONS PER ROOM
0-16
T-16
A
.50 or Less
0-17
T-17
B
.51 to .75
0-18
T-18
C
.76 to 1.00
0-19
T-19
D
1.01 to 1.50
0-20
T-20
E
1.51 to 2.00
0-21
T-21
F
2.01 or More
0-22
T—22
X
No Report on Persons per Room
Working File "by CONDITION for all cards*, by Type of Structure group.
Owner
Tenant
Occupied
Occupied
Vacant
File'
File
File
CONDITION
0-23
T-23
V-23
Q-ood Condition
0-24
T-24
V-24
Minor Repairs
0-25
T—25
V-25
Major Repairs
0-26
T-26
V-26
Unfit for Use
0-27
T—27
V-27
No Report on Condition
Cumulative File by NUMBER OF PERSONS IN UNIT,:for all cards*.
Owner Tenant
Occupied Occupied
File File NUMBER OF PERSONS IN UNIT
0-28
T-28
1 Person
0-29
T-29
2 Persons
0-30
T-30
3 Persons
0-31
T-31
4 Persons
0-32
T-32
5 Persons
0-33
T-33
6 Persons
0-34
T—34
7 Persons
0-35
T-35
8 Persons
0-36
T—56
9 Persons
0-37
T-37
10 Persons
0-38
T—38
11 Persons
0-39
T-39
No Roport on
^Indicates that cards for Under Construction Units are to "be omitted.
13543
- 7 -
Cumulative File by PLUM3ING EQUIPMENT for all cards*.
Owner
Tenant
Occupied
Occupied
Vacant
Code
Pile
Pile
File
Symbol
PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
0-40
T—40
V-40
A.
At least 2 Toilets and 2 Bathing Units
0-41
'1-41
V—41
B.
At least 2 Toilets and 1 Bathing Unit
0-42
T—42
V-42
C.
One Toilet and at least 1 Bathing Unit
0-43
T—43
V-43
D.
At least 1 toilet but less than 1 bath
0-44
T—44
V-44
E.
Shared Toilet and Running Water
0-45
T—45
V-45
P.
Shared Toilet but No Running Water
0-46
T—46
V-46
&•
No Toilet but with Rumning Water
0-47
T—47
V-47
H.
No Toilet and no Running Water
0-48
T—48
V-48
I.
No Report on Plumbing
Cumulative
Pile by
MONTHLY RENT GROUP for all cards*.
Owner
Tenant
Occupied
Occupied Vacant
Code
Pile
Pile
Pile
Symbol
MONTHLY RENT
0-49
T-49
V-49
A.
$4.99
and less
0-50
T-50
V-50
B.
5.00
to $9.99
0-51
T-51
V-51
C.
10.00
to 14.39
0-52
T-52
V-52
D.
15.00
to 19.99
0-53
T-53
V-53
E.
20.00
to 24.99
0-54
T-54
V-54
P.
25.00
to 29.99
0-55
T—55
V-55
30.00
to 39.99
0-56
T—56
V-56
H.
40.00
to 49.99
0-57
T-57
V-57
I.
50.00
to 74.99
0-58
T-58
V-58
J.
75.00
to 99.99
0-59
T—59
V-59
K.
100.00
to 149.99
0-60
T—60
T-60
L.
150.00
and more
0-61
T—61
T-61
X.
No Report on Rent
Working Pile by NUMBER OP ROOMS IN UNIT for ail cards* by Monthly Rent groui
Owner
Tenant
Vacant
Occupied
Occupied Pile
File
File
NUMBER OP ROOMS
0—62
T-62
V-62
1 Room
0-63
T—63
V-63
2 Rooms
0-64
T-64
V-64
3 Rooms
0-65
T-65
V-65
4 Rooms
0—66
T-66
V-66
5 Rooms
0-67
T-57
V-67
6 Rooms
0-68
T-68
V-68
7 Rooms
0-69
T-69
V-69
8 Rooms i
or More
0-70
T-70
V-70
No Report on Rooms
* Indicates that cards for Under Construction Units are to be omitted.
# This file should also be used by Race in preparation of Table 16 if Table
16 is posted, (See Table 10, paragraph 14, Parts III or IV, of the Tabu¬
lation Instructions).
13543
- 8 -
Cumulative File "by CONDITION for all cards*.
Owner
Tenant
Occupied
Occupied
Vacant
File
Pile
Pile
CONDITION
0-71
T—71
V-71
Good Condition
0-72
T—72
V-72
Minor Repairs
0-73
T-73
V-73
Major Repairs
0-74
T-74
V-74
Unfit for Use
0-75
T-75
V-75
No Report on Condition
Working Pile "by PERSONS PER ROOM for all cards*, "by Condition group.
Owner Tenant
Occupied Occupied Code
Pile Pile Symbol PERSONS PER ROOM
0-76
T-76
0-77
T—77
0-78
T—78
0-79
T—79
0-80
T-80
0-81
T—81
0-82
T-82
Cumulative Pile by PERSONS PER ROOM,
A. .50 or less
B. .51 to .75
C. .76 to 1.00
D. 1.01 to 1.50
E. 1.51 to 2.00
P. 2.01 or More
X. No Report on Persons Per Room
for all cards*.
Owner
Tenant
Occupied
Occupied
Code
Pile
Pile
Symbol
PERSONS PER ROOM
0-83
T-83
A.
.50 or less
0-84
T—84
B.
.51 to .75
0-85
T—85
C.
.76 to 1.00
0-86
T-86
D.
1.01 to 1.50
0-87
T-87
E.
1.51 to 2.00
C-88
T-88
F.
2.01 or More
0-89
T—89
X.
No Report on Persons
*Indicates that cards for Under Construction Units are to be omitted.
13543
- 9 -
Filing System for Cards for Under Construction
and Structure Data
By examining Section D of the Block Tabulation for each block
in the area, the cards for Structures Under Construction are located
and placed in File X. All of the white and yellow cards for Structures
Not Under Construction are placed in File 0. The cards from File X
are used in the tabulation of Table 1 only and are not used in any of
the remaining tables for the area. After Table 1 is completed all cards
from File 0 (white and yellow cards Not Under Construction) are sorted
by Type of Structure into File 1 to 15 indicated below. After this
sort is completed the cards for each Type of Structure group should be
sorted by color of cards and placed in File 1 to 15 and 1-a to 15~a as
indicated below
FILE NUMBER FOR CARDS NOT UNDER CONSTRUCTION
WHITE & YELLOW
YELLOW
CARDS
CARDS
WHITE
TYPE OF STRUCTURE
Structures And
DWELLING
CARDS
Dwelling Units
UNITS
STRUCTURES
Single Family Detached
1
1
la
Single Family Attached
2
2
2a
Two Family, Side by Side
3
3
3 a
Two Family, Two Decker
4
4
4a
Three Family, Three Decker
5
5
5a
Four Family, Double Two Decker
6
6
6a
Apartment, 5 to 9 Units
7
7
7a
Apartment, 10 to 19 Units
8
8
8a
Apartment, 20 to 39 Units
9
9
9a
Apartment, 40 Units or More
10
10
10a
Business with Residential
11
11
11a
Other Non-Converted
12
12
12a
Partially Converted
13
13
13a
Completely Converted
14
14
14a
No Report on Type
15
15
15a
Cards from File 13~a and 14-a (Covertod Structures) will be
routed into
tabulation of Table 2 and returned to the file
in the same
order. The
cards from File 1-a to 15-a will be routed by Type of Structure into tabu¬
lation of Table 3 and returned to the file in the same order.
13543
- 10 -
Each separate Type of Structure group of structure cards from
File 1-a to 6-a only, are routed into the following files during the
process of tabulating Table 4. The work on each separate Type of
Structure should be completed before starting on the next Type.
Type of Structure Owner Occupied Non-Owner Occupied
Single Family Detached
lb
lc
Single Family Attached
2b
2c
Two Family Side by Side
3b
3c
Two Family Two Decker
4b
4c
Three Family Three Decker
5b
5c
Four Family Double Two Decker
6b
6c
The cards are withdrawn from the "b" file for each Type, of Structure
and sorted by Value of Entire Property into the working file as indicated
below.
Value of Entire Property. File Number
A.
$499
or
less
16
P.
500
to
$999
17
C.
1,000
to
1,499
18
D.
1,500
to
1,999
19
E.
2,000
to
2,499
20
F.
2,500
to
2,999
21
3,000
to
3,999
22
H.
4,000
to
4,999
23
I.
5,000
to
5,999
24
J.
6,000
to
7,999
25
K.
8,000
to
9,999
26
L.
10,000
to
14,999
27
M.
15,000
to
19,999
28
N.
20,000
to
29,999
29
0.
30,000
or
More
50
X.
No Report
on Value
31
13543
- 11 -
In each case the cards for a particular Type of Structure group (Single
Family Detached to Four Family Double Two Decker) are placed in the file
indicated above and during the process of tabulation are removed and ac¬
cumulated in the files indicated below by Typo and Encumbrance.
Owner Occupied Owner Occupied Owner Occupied
Mortgaged or Free of No Report on
Type of Structure Land Contract Encumbrance Encumbrance
Single Family Detached Id le If
Single Family Attached 2d 2e 2f
Two Family Side by Side 3d 3e 3f
Two Family Two Decker 4d 4e 4f
Three Family Three Decker 5d 5e 5f
Four Family Double Two Docker 64 6e 6f
Cards from Files 7a to 15a (Apartments to Completely Converted) are not
used on Table 4; these cards are sorted by Occupancy and the Owner cords
sorted by Encumbrance into the files indicated below:
Owner- Owner-
Owner-occupicd Occupied, Occupied,
Non-owner Mortgaged or Free of No Report on
Type of Structure Occupied Land Contract Encumbrance Encumbrance
Single Family Detached
lc
Id
le
If
Single Family Attached
2c
2d
2e
2f
Two Family Side by Side
3c
3d
3o
3f
Two Family Two Decker
4c
4d
4o
4f
Thrco Family Three Decker
5c
5d
5e
5f
Four Family Double 2 Decker
6c
6d
6e
6f
Apartment f 5 to 9 Units
7c
7d
7e
7f
Apartment, 10 to IS Units
8c
8d
8e
8f
Apartment, 20 to 39 Units
9c
9d
9o
9f
Apartment, 40 Units or Mere
10 c
10d
lOe
lOf
Business with Dwelling Units
11c
lid
lie
llf
Other Non-cor.verted
12c
12d
12e
12f
Partially Converted
13c
13d
13c
13f
Completely Converted
14c
14d
14Q
14f
No Report on Type
15c
15A
15 e
15f
In the process of tabulating Table 5 the cards for a particular Tyie of
Structure - Occupancy - Encumbrance group are withdrawn, one group at a
time; sorted by Condition and placed in the files indicated below:
13543
- 12 -
Condition
Good Condition
32
Minor Repairs
33
Ma.jor Repairs
34
Unfit for Use
35
No Report or Condition
36
Each separate Condition group is then sorted and tabulated "by Year
Built and at the completion of the tabulation is routed into the cumu¬
lative files indicated below:
Good Minor Major Unfit ho Report
Typo of Structure Condition Repairs Repairs for Use on Condition
Single Pamily Detached
lg
lh
li
lj
lk
Single Pamily Attached
2g
2h
2i
2j
2k
Two Pamily Side by Side
3g
3h
3i
3j
3k
Two Pamily Two Decker
4g
4h
4i
4j
4k
Three Pamily Three Decker
5g
5h
5i
5j
5k
Pour Pamily Double Two Decker
6g
6h
6i
6j
6k
Apartment, 5 to 9 Units
?g
7h
7i
Vj
7k
Apartment, 10 to 19 Units
8g
8h
8i
8j
8k
Apartment, 20 to 39 Units
9g
9h
9i
9j
9k
Apartment, 40 Units or More
10g
lOh
lOi
10j
10k
Business with Residential
llg
llh
Hi
Hj
Ilk
Other Non-converted
12g
12h
12i
12 j
12k
Partially Converted
log
13h
13i
13j
13k
Completely Converted
14g
14h
14i
14 j
14k
No Report on Type
15g
15h
15 i
15 j
15k
In the process of tabulating Table 6 the cards are withdrawn from
the Piles lg to lk (S'ngle Pamily Detached, by Condition) one group at a
time and tabulated by Exterior Material. After tabulation for a group
is completed it is returned to the file from which it was withdrawn.
This procedure is carried through for each Type - Condition group of
cards.
After Table 6 is completed the cards for each Type of Structure
are withdrawn from the files (Pile 1, lg to lk in the case of Single
Pamily Detached), sorted by Occupancy and placed in the files indicated
below by Type of Structure and Occupancy.
13543
13
FILE NUMBERS FOR AIL I7JHLLINL UNIT CARDS
(WHITE AND YELLOW)
NOT UNDER CONSTRUCTION -
Owner
Tenant
Vacau
Occupied
Occupied
Units
Type of Structure
Units
Units
-
Single Family Detached
0-1
T-l
7-1
Single Family Attached
0-2
T-2
7-2
Two Family, Side by Side
0-3
T-3
7-3
Two Family, Two Decker
0-4
T-4
V-4
Three Family, Three Decker
0-5
T-5
7-5
Four Family, Dcuble Two Decker
0-6
T-6
7-6
Apartment, 5 to 9 Units
0-7
T-7
7-7
Apartment, 10 to 19 Units
0-8
1-8
7-8
Apartment, 20 to 39 Units
0-9
g_o
7-9
Apartment, 40 Units or More
0-10
T-10
7-10
Business with Residential
0-11
T-ll
7-11
Other Non-Converted
0-12
T-12
7-12
Partially Converted
0-13
T-l 3
V-13
Completely Converted
0-14
T-l 4
7-14
No Report on Type
C-15
T-l 5
7-15
After this sort is completed and checked tne cards may be routed into
the tabulations indicated in Parts III, 17 and 7 of the Tabulation
Instructions. It is possible for three different groups to work in
the tabulations of these throe sections.
To assist in the checking of the tables, a copy of the Check
Sheet which is headed "Check Sheet A, Structure Lata" should be used.
PRELIMINARY SORT
1. The Forres B and C and the Block Tabulations for all blocks
to be tabulated as an area will be withdrawn from the Filing Section
a few blocks at a time and routed to the Sorters. The Sorter should enter
his name and the data opposite "In General Tabulation" on the Block Face
Card for each block, and then examine Section B of the Block Tabulation
for the block; whenever this section indicates that Residential Structures
are under construction, withdraw the white and yellow cards for Structures
Under Construction. If the Checking process has been carried forward
properly there will be no occupied units in Structures Under Construction,
Place all white and yellow ca,rds for Structures Under Construction in
File X and pla.ee all white and yellow cards for Structures Not Under
Construction in File 0. Return the Block Face Cards and the Block
13543
- 14 -
Tabulation Sheets to the Piling Section.
2. Sort all cards from Pile 0 (white and yellow cards, not
under construction) by TYPE Op STRUCTURE into the following groups:
Type of Structure After Sorting Place in Pile
Single Family Detached 1
Single Family Attached 2
2 Family Side "by Side 3
2 Family 2 Decker 4
3 Family 3 Decker 5
4 Family Double 2 Decker 6
Apartment, 5 to 9 Units 7
Apartment, 10 to 19 Units 8
Apartment, 20 to 39 Units 9
Apartment, 40 Units or More 10
Business with Dwelling Units 11
Other Don-Converted 12
Partially Converted 13
Completely^ Converted 14
Do Report on Type 15
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Flace the cards in separate groups
by TYPE CF STRUCTURE in Files 1 to 15 as indicated above.
3. Withdraw all cards from File 1 (Single Family Detached,
Not Under Construction). Sort these cards into the two following groups;
Group After Sorting Place in File No.
Structure (white) Cards < 1-a
Other Dwelling Unit (yellow) Cards 1
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Place the cards in the file with File
1 (yellow cards) irmediately back of File 1-a (white cards).
4. Carry through the sorting indicated in paragraph 3 with each
of the Type of Structure groups of cards for Structures ana Units not
Under Construction (Files 2 to 15). After the. sorting is completed and
checked, the cards should be returned to file with the yellow cards for
each Type of Structure placed in the file immediately back of the white
cards for the same Type of Structure.
13543
- 15 -
TABLE I
1. This Table presents a "breakdown of Structures Under Construc¬
tion by Type of Structure; and of Dwelling Units Under Construction by
Type of Structure, by Number of Rooms in Unit, by Monthly Rent. There is
only one section to this Table.
3. Withdraw all cards from File X (wnite and yellow card> , under
construction). Sort these cards by TYPE OF STRUCTURE into the following
groups:
Single Family Detached
Single Family Attached
2 Family £>i&e by Side
3 Family 2 Decker
3 Family 3 Decker ;
4 Family Double 2 Decker
Apartment, 5 to 9 Units
Apartment, 10 to 19 Units
Apartment, 20 to 39 Units
Apartment, 40 Units or More
Business with Dwelling Units
Other Non-Converted
Partially Converted
Completely Converted
No Report on Type
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and enter
the results in the proper Type of Structure columns of Line 2 of Table 1.
CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. After this tabulation is completed,
the cards for Under Construction Units should be held by Type of Structure
group and routed to the tabulations indicated below.
3. Sort all cards for Single Family Detached Units Under Construc¬
tion by color of card into the following groups:
White Cards (Structures)
Yellow Cards (Other Dwelling Units)
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the white cards only amid post on
Line 1 of Single Family Detached Column of Table 1. CHECK THE COUNTING
13543
- 16 -
AND THE POSTING, After this tabulation is completed, those cards should
be routed to the process indicated below,
4, Sort all cards for Single Family Detached Units, Under Construc¬
tion by NUMBER OP ROOMS IN UNIT into the following groups:
1 Room
2 Rooms
3 Rooms
4 Rooms
5 Rooms
6 Rooms
7 Rooms
8 Rooms or More
No report on Rooms
CHECK THE SORTING OP THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and enter
the results on Lines 5 to 12 and 3 of Column 1 (Single Family Detached)
of Table: 1. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for Line 4
(Total Reports on Rooms) is obtained by adding the entries on Lines 5 to 12.
The total of the entries on Lines 3 and 4 must check with the emry on Line
2. After this tabulation is comnleted, the cards should be routed to the
*
process indicated below.
5. Sort all cards for Single Family Detached Units, Under Construc¬
tion by MONTHLY RENT into the following groups:
A. $4.99 and Less
B. $5.00 to $9.99
C. $10.00 to $14.99
D. $15.00 to $19.99
E. $20.00 to $24.99
F. $25.00 to $29.99
G. $30.00 to $39.99
H. $40.00 to $49.99
I. $50.00 to $74.99
J. $75.00 to $99.99
K. $100.00 to $149.99
L. $150.00 or More
X. No Report on Rent
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on Lines 15 to 26 and 13 of Single Family Detached Column of Table 1.
13543 - 17 -
The entry for Line 14 (Total Reports on Rent) is obtained by adding the
entries on Lines 15 to 26. 'The total of the entries on Lines 13 and 14
must check with the entry on Line 2. After this tabulation is completed,
a rubber band should be placed around these cards and they should be routed
into Rile X (Units Under Construction),
6, Carry through the procedure indicated in Paragraphs 3 to 5 with
each of the remaining Type of Structure groups of Units Under Construction,
Post the results on Lines 1 and 3 to 25 of the proper Type of Structure
column of Table 1, After the tabulation of any Type of Struetun" group
of Units Under Construction is completed a rubber band should be placed
around the cards and they should bo routed into File X (Units Under Con¬
struction) .
7, Obtain the entries for Column 7A (Apartment-Total) by adding
the corresponding entries in Columns 73, 7C, 7D and 7E. (Apartment by
Size Group columns.) These entries must be very carefully checked,
8, In a manner similar to that indicated in Paragraph 7 obtain
the entries for Total Structures All Types column by adding the entries
in Columns X, 1 to 7A, and 8 to 11 (Excluding the Apartment by Size Group
columns). These entries must be very carefully checked. This completes
tabulation of Table 1. This is the only tabulation in which cards for
Units Under Construction are to be used.
TA3LE 2
1. This ta. le presents a breakdown of Partially Converted and
Completely Converted structures by TYPE OR CONVERSION and by YEAR CON¬
VERTED. There is only one section to this table.
2. Withdraw all cards from Rile 13a (Partially Converted, White
13543 - 18 -
Cards, Wot Under Construction). Sort these cards "by TYPE OF CONVERSION
into the following groups:
Original Type
1. Single Family Detached
or 2. Single Family Attached
1. Single Family Detached
or 2. Single Family Attached
1. Single Family Detached
or 2. Single Family Attached
1. Single Family Detached
or 2# Single Family Attached
1. Single Family Detached
or 2. Single Family Attached
Other than Type 1 or 2
Other than Type 1 or 2
Number of Units
3 or More
1
2
3 or More
Any Number
Any Number
Business
Units
None
None
Yes
Yes
Yes
None
Yes
CHECK THE SORTING- OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on line 1 of the proper column of Table 2. CHECK THE COUNTING AID THE
POSTING. After this tabulation is completed the cards should be held
by TYPE OF CONVERSION and routed to the process indicated below.
3. Sort all cards for Partially Converted structures, Converted
from Single Family to Structures with 2 Dwelling Units, No Business Units,
By Year Converted into the following groups:
A. 1935
B. 1930 - 1934
C. 1925 - 1929
D. 1920 - 1924
S. 1915 - 1919
F. 1905 - 1914
G. 1395 - 1904
H. 1885 - 1894
I. 1860 - 1884
J. 1859 or Before
X. No Report on Year Converted
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post on
lines 4- to 13 and 2 of Single Family Converted to 2 Dwelling Units, No
Business Units column of Table 2. The entry for line 3 (Total Reports on
Year Converted) is obtained by adding the corresponding entries on lines
13543 - 19 -
4 to 13. The total of the entries on lines 2 and 3 must check with the
entry on line 1. After tnis tabulation is completed these cards should
have a rubber band placed around them and returned to Pile 13a (10. Par¬
tially Converted Structures).
4. Carry through the procedure indicated in paragraph 3 with each
of the remaining TYPE OP CONVERSION groups of Partially Converted Structures.
Post the results on lines 2 to 13 of the proper columns of Table 2. After
the tabulation for any TYPE OP CONVERSION group is comoleted the cards
should have a rubber band placed around them and returned to Pile 13a.
5. Obtain the entry for the Total Converted Structures column by
adding the corresponding entries in each of the TYPE OP CONVERSION columns.
The entries in the Total column, must be checked by checking the total of
lines 4 to 13 with line 3 and the total of lines 2 and 3 with line 1.
Enter the figure from line of the Total Converted Structures column of
Table 2 into line 1 of column 10 (Partially Converted) of Check Sheet A.
After this tabulation is completed all of the cards for Partially Converted
Structures, Not Under Construction should bo returned to Pile 13a.
6. Carry tl rough the procedure indicated in paragraph 2 to 5 with
all cards in Pile 14a (Completely Converted Structures Not Under Construc¬
tion). The results of this tabulation should be entered on linos 14 to 26
of Table 2 and the figure from line 14 of Total Converted Structures column
of Table 2 should be entered into line 1 of column 11 (Completely Converted)
of Check Sheet A. This completes the tabulation of Table 2.
TABLE 5
1. This table presents a breakdown of structures by Type of Struc¬
ture, by Number of Stories, Basement, Garage, and by Single Year Built
grouns for 1920 to 1935. There is one section to this table.
15543 - 20 -
2» Withdraw all cards from File la (Single Fanily Detached
Structures). Count the cards in this group and post on line 1 of the
Single Family Detached column of Table 3. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE
POSTING. Enter this figure into lino 2 of Single Family Detached column
of Check Sheet A.
3. Sort all cards from File la (Single Family Detached Structures)
by NUMBER OF STORIES into the following groups:
1 Story
1-g- Stories
2 Stories
2y Stories
3 or 3-g Stories
4 or 4-f Stories
5 to Stories
10 Stories or More
No Report on Stories
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
in lines 4 to 11 and 2 of Single Family Detached column ox Table 3. CHECK
THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for line 3 (Total Reports on
Stories) is obtained by adding the entries on lines 4 to 11. The total
of the entries on lines 2 and 3 must check with the entry on line 1. After
this tabulation is completed the cards from File la (Single Family Detach¬
ed structures) should be routed to the process indicated below.
4. Sort all cards from File la (Single Family Detached Structures)
hy BASEMENT into the following groups:
No Basement
With Basement
No Report on Basement
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post on
lines 14, 15, and 12 of Single Family Detached column of Table 3. CHECK
THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for line 13 (Total Reports on
Basement) is obtained by adding the entries on linos 14 and 15. The total
13543 - 21 -
of the entries on lines 12 and 13 must check with the entry on line 1.
After this tabulation is completed the cards from File la (Single Family
Detached Structures) should be routed to the orocess indicated below.
«
5. Sort all cards from File la (Single Family Detached Structures)
by GARAGE into the following groups:
No Garage
With Garage
No Report on Garage
CHF'GK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post on
lines 18, 19, and 16 of Single Family Detached column of Table 3. CHECK
THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for line 17 (Total Reports on
Garage) is obtained by adding the entries on lines 18 and 19. The total
of the entries on lines 16 and 17 must check with the entry on line 1.
After this tabulation is completed the cards from File la (Sing', 1 Family
Detached structures) should be routed to tnc urocess indicated below.
6. Sort all cards from File la (Single Family Detached structures)
by YEAR BUILT into th; following groups:
A. 1935
B. 1930 - 1934
C. 1925 - 1929
D. 1920 - 1924
All other Year Built Groups
Sort the cards in Year Built groups A, B, C, and D into Single Year Built
groups. This sort will yield all structures built 1920 to 1935 by Single
Year Built groups. CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in
each of the Single Year Built groups 1920 to 1935 end post on lines 21 to
36 of Single Family Dotached column of Table 3. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE
POSTING. The entry for lino 20 (Total Built 1920-1935) is obtained by
adding the entries on linos 21 to 36. After this tabulation is completed
all cards from File la should be re-assembled into one group and returned
to File la (Single Family Detached structures).
13543 - 22 -
7. Carry through the procedure indicated in paragraphs 2 to 6 with
each of the remaining TYPE OF STRUCTURE groups of Structure cards (Files 2a
to 15a). After the tabulation is' completed for any TYPE OF STRUCTURE group
the cards should he returned to the file from which it was obtained (2a
to 15a),
8, The entries for column 7A (Apartment - Total) are obtained by
adding the corresponding entires in columns 7S to 7E (Apartment by Size
Groups columns). In a similar manner the entries for the Total structures
column is obtained by adding the corresponding entries in columns X, 1 to
7A, 8 to 11 (columns 73 to 7E are omitted from this total). These entries
must be very carefully checked. The figures from line 1 of Table 3 (by
Type of Structure) should be entered into line 2 of Check Sheet A. The
figures from line 21 (by Year Built) should be entered into line 5 of Check
Sheet A. The sum of the figures on lines 22 to 26 should be entered into
line 7 of Check Sheet A, the sum of the figures on lines 27 to 31 should
be entered into line 9 of Chock Sheet A, and the sum of the figures on
lines 32 to 36 should be entered into line 11 of Check Shoot A. This
completes the tabulation of tablo 3.
TABLE 4
1. Table'4 presents Owner Occupied Structures by Type (for Single
Family, 2 Family, 3 Family, and 4 Family Structures) by Value of Property,
by Condition, Number of Rooms in Structure, and Encumbrance. There are
two pages to Table 4 and separate forms are available for each of these
pages.
2. Withdraw all cards from File la (Single Family Detached Struc¬
tures). Sort these cards by OCCUPANCY into the following groups:
13543
- 23 -
Occupancy After Sorting Place in File
Owner Occupied lb
Non-Owner Occupied (Tenant and Vacant) lc
CHECK THE SORTING 0? THE CARDS. Place in files as noted above.
3. Withdraw all cards from File lb (Single Family Detached, Owner
Occupied Structures). Sort by VALUE OF ENTIRE PROPERTY into the following-
groups :
Value of Entire Property After Posting Place in File No.
A.
$499 or
- less
16
B.
500 to
999
17
C.
1,000
to
1,499
18
D.
1,500
to
1,999
19
E.
2,000
to
2,499
20
F.
2,500
to
2,399
21
C-.
3,000
to
3,999
22
H.
4,000
to
4,999
23
I.
5,000
to
5,999
24
J •
6,000
to
7,999
25
K.
8,000
to
9,999
26
L.
10,000
to
14,999
27
M.
15,000
to
19,999
28
N.
20,000
to
29,999
29
0.
30,000
or
more
30
X» No Report on Value 31
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post on
line 1 of the proper value group columns of Table 4. CHECK THE COUNTING
AND THE POSTING. The entry for the Total column of line 1 is obtained by
adding the corresponding entries in all of the value group columns. Enter
the figure from line 1 of total column of Table 4 into line 25 of Single
Family Detached column of Check Sheet A. After this tabulation is com¬
pleted the cards for Single Family Detached, Owner Occupied Structures by
Value group should be placed in Files IS to 31 as noted above.
4. Withdraw all cards from File 16 (Single Family Detached, Owner
Occupied Structures, $499 or Loss, Code A.) Sort these cards by CONDITION
into the following groups:
13543 - 24 -
G-ocd Condition
Minor Repairs
Major Repairs
Unfit for Use
No Report on Condition
CHECK THE SORTING- OE THE GAPES. Count the cards in each group and post on
lines 4 to 7 and 2 of the $4-99 or Less column of Table 4. CHECK THE COUNT¬
ING AND THE POSTING. The entry for line 3 (Total Reports on Condition) is
obtained by adding the entries on lines 4 to 7. The total of the entries
on lines 2 and 3 must check with the entry on line 1. After this tabula¬
tion is completed the cards from Pile 16 (Single Family Detached, Owner
Occupied Structures, $499 or Less, Code A) should be routed to the process
indicated below.
5. Sort the cards from File 16 (Single Family Detached, Owner
Occupied Structures, $499 or Less, Code A) by NUMBER OF ROOMS IN STRUCTURE,
which is the same as Number of Rooms in Unit for Singie Family Structures#
The groups into which the cards should be sortod arc:
1 Room
2 Rooms
3 Rooms
4 Rooms
5 Rooms
6 Rooms
7 Rooms
8 Rooms or More
X No Report on Rooms
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post in
lines 10 to 17 and 8 of $499 .and Loss column of Tablo 4. CHECK TEE COUNTING
ADD THE POSTING. The entry for line 9 (Total Reports on Rooms) is obtained
by adding the entries on lines 10 to 17. The total of the entries on linos
8 and 9 must check with the entry on line 1. These cards From Filo 16
(Single Family Detached, Owner Occupied Structures, $499 or Less, Code A)
should bo routed to the process indicated below.
13543
- 25 -
6. Sort the cards from File 16 (Single Family Detached, Owner
Occupied Structures, $493 or Less, Code A) "by ENCUMBRANCE into the follow¬
ing groups.
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on lines 20, 21 and 18 of the $499 or Less column of Table 4, Obtain the
entry for line 19 (Total Reports on Encumbrance) by adding the entries
on lines 20 and 21. The total of the entries on lines 18 and 19 must check
with the entry on line 1. After this tabulation is completed place rubber
bands around each group of cards and place the cards in Files Id, le, and
If as indicated above.
7. Carry through the procedure indicated in paragraphs 2 to 6 for
each of the remaining Value of Entire Property groups of structures of
cards (Files 17 to 3l). At the completion of tabulation for each Value
group place rubber bands around the cards and place in Files Id to If by
Encumbrance, as indicated in paragraph 5.
8. The entries for lines 1 to 21 of the Total Owner Occupied
Structure column of Table 4 are obtained by adding the corresponding
entries in all Value of Property columns of the table. These entries
must be carefully checked. Enter the figures from lines 2 to 7 (by Con¬
dition) of the Total Owner Occupied Structures column of Table 4 into lines
27, 29, 31, 33, 35 and 37 of the Single Family Detached column of Check
Sheet A. Enter the figures from lines 13, 20 and 21 (by Encumbrance) of
the Total Owner Occupied Structures column of Table 4 into lines 39, 41 and
43 of the Single Family Detached column of Check Sheet A.
Group
After Posting Place in File
Mortgaged or Land Contract
Free of Encumbrance
Ho Report on Encumbrance
Id
le
If
13543 - 26 -
9. Withdraw all cards from File 2a (Single Family Attached Struc¬
tures). Sort these cards by Occupancy as indicated in paragraph 2. Sort
the cards for Owner Occupied Structures (File 2b) by Value of Property and
post on line 22 of Table 4 and place in Files 16 to 31 as indicated in
paragraph 3 above. Tabulate the cards from Files 16 to 31 (Single Family
Attached Structures by Value Group) by Condition, Number of Rooms in Unit,
and Encumbrance, as indicated in paragraphs 4 to 6 above and post results
on lines 22 to 42 of Table 4. After the tabulation for any Value group is
completed the cards should be placed in Files 2d, 2e, and 2f by Encumbrance
in a manner similar to that indicated in paragraph 6 above. Obtain the
entries for the Total Owner Occupied Structures column of lines 22 to 42
of Table 4 and enter the proper figures into Check Sheet A, as indicated
in paragraph 8 above.
10. In the manner indicated in paragraphs 2 to 8 withdraw all
cards from File 3a (Two Family Side by Side Structures). Sort by Occupancy
and tabulate by Value, Condition, Rooms, and Encumbrance and post in the
Two Family Side by Side Structure section of Table 4. It should be ob¬
served that the Number of Rooms used in this tabulation is Number of Rooms
in Structure which is coded at the right of "I. ENTIRE STRUCTURE" on the
card. This procedure should be carried through separately for the cards
from Pile 3a (Two Eamily Side by Side Structures); 4a (Two Family Two
Decker); 5a (Three Family Three Decker); and 6a (Four Family Double Two
Decker). The Number of Rooms in Structure groups which should be used in
these tabulations arc indicated belo?/.
13543
- 27 -
Uumber of Rooms in Structure Groups
Two Family Side
by Side and Two
Family Two Decker
Three Family
Three Decker
Four Family
Double
Two Decker
2-3 Rooms
4-5 Rooms
6-7 Rooms
8-9 Rooms
10-11 Rooms
12-13 Rooms
14—15 Rooms
16 Rooms or More
3-5 Rooms
6-8 Rooms
9-11 Rooms
12-14 Rooms
15-17 Rooms
18-20 Rooms
21-23 Rooms
24 Rooms or More
4-7 Rooms
8-11 Rooms
12-15 Rooms
16-19 Rooms
20-23 Rooms
24-27 Rooms
28-31 Rooms
32 Rooms or More
11. Withdraw all cards from File 7a (Apartment, 5 to 9 Unit Struc¬
tures) . Sort these cards by Occupancy and sort the cards for Owner
Occupied Units by Encumbrance into the following groups:
First Sort Second Sort After Sorting
by Occupancy by Encumbrance Place in File Mo.
Non-owner Occupied - 7c
(Mortgaged or Land Contract 7d
Owner Occupied (No Encumbrance 7e
(No Reuort on Encumbrance 7f
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Place the cards in Files 7c to 7f as
indicated above.
12. Carry through the procedure indicated in paragraph 11 above
with cards from Files 8a to 15a. Sort the cards by Occupancy and En¬
cumbrance and place the cards in the files indicated below.
Type of Structure Occupied
Owner-
Non-owner Owner-Occupied Occupied,
Mortgaged or
Land Contract
Owner-
Occupied,
Eree of No Report on
Encumbrance Encumbrance
Single Family Detached
lc
Id
le
If
Single Family Attached
2c
2d
2e
2f
Two Family Side by Side
3c
3d
3e
3f
Two Family Two Decker
4c
4d
4e
4f
Three Family Three Decker
5c
5d
5e
5f
Four Family Double Two Decker
6c
bd
6e
of
Apartment, 5 to 9 Units
7c
7d
7e
7f
Apartment, 10 to 19 Units
8 c.
8d
8o
8f
Apartment, 20 to 39 Units
9c
9d
9e
9f
Apartment, 40 Units or More
10c
lOd
lOe
lOf
13543
- 28 -
Owner- Owner-
Non-owner Owner-Occupied Occupied, Occupied,
Type of Structure Occupied Mortgaged or Free of No Report on
Land Contract Encumbrance Encumbrance
Business with Dwelling Units 11c lid lie llf
Other Non-converted 12c 12d 12e 12f
Partially Converted 13c 13d 13e 13f
Completely Converted 14c 14d 14e 14f
No Report on Type 15c 15d 15e 15f
TABLE 5
1. Table 5 presents Structures by Type of Structure, by Owner
Occupancy, by Debt status of Owner, by Condition of Structure, by
Year Built. There are 6 sections to Table 5 which are:
Table 5A, Total All Structures
Table 5B, Non-Owner Occupied Structures
Table 5C, Owner Occupied Structures
Table. 5D, Owner Occupied Structures - Mortgaged
Table 5E, Owner Occupied Structures - Free of
Encumbrances
Table 5F, Owner Occupied Structures - No Report
on Encumbrances
The proper headings should be entered at the top of "Table 5 ,
" f orms.
2. Withdraw all cards from File lc (Non-owner Occupied, Single
Family Detached Structures). Remove the rubber bands and sort these
cards by CONDITION into the following groups:
Condition After Posting Place in File No,
C-ood Condition 32
Minor Repairs 33
Major Repairs 34
Unfit for Use 35
No Report on Condition 35
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on lines 25, 37, 49, 61, and 13 of Single Family Detached column of
Table 5B. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for line 1
13543
- 29 -
(Total) is obtained "by adding the entries on linos 13 , 25 , 37 , 49, and
61. After this tabulation is completed place these cards in Files 32
to 36 by Condition as indicated above.
3. Withdraw oil cards from File 32 (Non-ovmer Occupied, Single
Family Detached Structures, Good Condition). Sort these cards by Year
Built into the following groups:
A. 1935
3. 1930-1934
C. 1925-1929
D. 1920-1924
E. 1915-1919
F. 1905-1914
G-. 1895-3,904
H. 1835-1894
I. 1860-1884
J. 1859 or Before
X. No Report on Year Built.
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on lines 27 to 36 and 26 of Single Family Detached column of Tabic 53.
CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The total of the entries on lines
26 to 36 must check with the entry on line 25. After this tabulation
is completed place rubber bands around the cards .and place them in File
lg (Single Family Detached Structures, Good Condition).
4. Carry through the procedure indicated in paragraph 3 with
all cards from Files 33 to 36 (Non-Owner Occupied, Single Family Detached
Structures by Condition). This tabulation must be carried through sepa¬
rately for each Condition group. The results of the tabulation by Year
Built should be posted in tho Single Family Detached column of Table 5B
on lines as indicated in the diagram below. After the tabulation is com¬
pleted, rubber bands should be placed around each group of cards and
they should be placed in Files lg to lk as indicated in the diagram.
13543
- 30 -
Condition Group of
Non-owner Occupied
Single Family
Detached Structures
Good Condition
Minor Repairs
Major Repairs
Unfit for Use
No Report on Condition
File from
which Cards
are Secured
32
33
34
35
35
Tabulate by Year
Built Group and
Fost in Table 5B
on Lines:
26-36
38-48
50-60
62-72
14-24
After
Tabulation
Place Cards
in Pile .
lg
lh
li
lj
lk
5. In the manner indicated in paragraphs 2 and 5 above tabulate all
cards from Piles 2c to 15c (Non-owner occupied Structures by Type of Struc¬
ture) by Condition by Year Built. This tabulation must be carried through
separately for each Type of Structure group. In the process of the tabula¬
tion the cards for any Type of Structure will be sorted by Condition and
placed in Piles 32 to 36. After the tabulation by Year Built is completed
the cards will be placed in files by Type of Structure and Condition as
indicated below, with rubber bands around each group of cards.
Type of Structure
Good Minor Major Unfit No Report
Condition Repairs Repairs for Use on Condition
Single Family Detached
lg
lh
li
lj
lk
Single Family Attached
2g
2h
2i
2j
2k
Two Family Side by Side
3g
5h
3i
3j
3k
Two Family Two Decker
4g
4h
4i
4j
4k
Three Family Three Decker
5g
5h
5i
5j
5k
Four Family Double 2 Decker
6g
6h
6i
6j
6k
Apartment, 5 to 9 Units
7g
7h
7i
7 j
7k
Apartment, 10 to 19 Units
8g
8h
8i
8j
8k
Apartment, 20 to 39 Units
9g
9h
9i
9j
9k
Apartment, 40 Units or More
10g
lOh
lOi
10j
10k
Business with Residential
llg
llh
Hi
Hj
Ilk
Other Non-converted
12g
12h
12 i
12 j
12k
Partially Converted
13g
13h
13i
13 j
13k
Completely Converted
14g
14h
14i
14j
14k
No Report on Type
15g
15h
15i
15.j
15k
6. Obtain the entries
for
TOTAL STRUCTURES ALL
CONDITION
sectii
(lines 1 to 12) of Table 5B by adding the corresponding entries in each
of the Condition groups of the table. The total of the: entries on
lines 2 to 12 must check with the entry on line 1. The entries for
column 7A (Apartment - Total) of Table 5B are obtained by adding the
13543
- 31 -
corresponding entries in columns 7B to 7E (Apartment by Size Group
columns). In a similar manner tho entries for Total Structures column
are obtained by adding the corresponding entries in columns X, 1 to 7A,
8'-to 11 (columns 7B to 7E are omitted from this total). These totals
must be carefully checked. This completes the tabulation of Table 53.
7. Carry through the procedure indicated in paragraphs 2 to
6 with all cards from Piles Id to 15d (Owner Occupied, Mortgaged Struc¬
tures by Type of Structure). Post the results on Table 5D (Owner Occu¬
pied Structures, Mortgaged). After the tabulation is completed the
cards will have been placed in Piles lg - Ik to 15g - 15k as indicated
in paragraph 5 with rubber bands around each group of cards.
8. Carry through the procedure indicated in paragraphs 2 to 6
with all cards from Piles le to 15e (Owner Occupied, Pree of Encumbrance
by Type of Structure). Post the results on Table 5E (Owner Occupied, Free
of Encumbrance). After the tabulation is completed the cards will have
been placed in Piles lg-lh to 15g - 15k as indicated in paragraph 5
with rubber hands around each group of cards.
9. Carry through the procedure indicated in paragraphs 2 to
6 with all cards from Piles If to 15f (Owner Occupied, No Report on En¬
cumbrance by Type of Structure). Post the results on Table 5F (Owner
Occupied Structures, Ho Report on Encumbrance). After the tabulation
is completed the cards will have been placed in Piles lg - lk to 15g -
15k as indicated in paragraph 5 with rubber bands around each group of
cards.
10. After the tabulations indicated above are completed, all Struc¬
ture cards (white cards) will have been placed in Files lg - lk to 15g -
15k by Type of Structure, by Condition, with rubber bands around each
Occupancy - Debt Status group.
13543
-sa¬
il# Obtain, the entries for Table 5C (Owner Occupied - Total) by
adding the corresponding entries on Tables 5D, 5E, and 5F. These totals
must be very carefully checked. In a similar manner obtain the entries
for Table 5A (All Structures) by adding the corresponding entries on
Table 53 and 5C. Enter the figures from line 1 of Table 5A (by Type of
Structure) into line 3 of Check Sheet A where they must check with the
corresponding entries from previous tables. Enter the figures from lines
3, 4, 5 and 6 of Table 5A (Type of Structure by Year Built) into lines
6, 8, 10 and 12 of Check Sheet A where they must check with the corre¬
sponding entries from Table 3. Enter the figures from lines 1, 13, 25,
37, 49 and 61 of Table 5A (Condition by Type of Structure) into lines
13, 15, 17, 19, 21 and 23 of Check Sheet A. Enter the figures from
lines 1, 13, 25, 37, 49(for Single Family Detached to Four Family, Double
Two Decker) and 61 of Table 5C (Owner Occupied Structures by Type of
Structure) into lines 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36 and 38 of Check Sheet A
where they must check with the corresponding entries from Table 4. Enter
the figures from line 1 to Table 5D (Owner Occupied, Mortgaged Structures
by T^ype for Single Family Detached to Four Family, Double Two Decker)
into line 42 of Check Sheet A where they must check with the corresponding
entries from Table 4. Enter the figures from line 1 of Table 5E (Owner
Occupied Structures, Free of Mortgage by Type for Single Family Detached
to Four Family Double Two Decker) into line 44 of Check Sheet A where
they must check with the corresponding entries from Table 4. Enter the
figure from line 1 of Table 5F (Owner Occupied Structures, No Report on
Debt Status by Type for Single Family Detached to Four Family Double Two
Decker) into line 40 of Check Sheet A, where they must check with the cor¬
responding entries from Table 4. This completes the tabulation of Table 5.
13543
- 33 -
If, after entries into Check Sheet A are made, it is found necessary
to re-tabulate any section of Table 5, it will be found that Occupancy-
Debt Status group are segregated by rubber bands in each Type-Condition and
the previous sort can be easily re-established.
TABLE 6.
1. Table 6 presents a breakdown of structures by Type of Structure,
by Condition, by Exterior Material. There is one section to this table.
2. Withdraw all cards from Eile 1-g (Single Family Detached Struc¬
tures, Good Condition). Remove the rubber band and sort these cards by
EXTERIOR MATERIAL into the following groups:
Wood
Brick
Stone
Stucco
Other
No Report on Material
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on. lines 20 to 24 and 18 of Single Family Detached column of Table 4.
CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. Obtain the entry for line 19 (Total
Reports on Material) by eliding the entries on lines 20 to 24. Obtain
the entry for line 17 (Total) by adding the entries on lines 18 and 19.
Enter the figure from line 17 of the Single Family Detached column of
Table 6 into line 18 of the Single Family Detached column of Check Sheet
A where it must check uith the entry from the previous table. After this
tabulation is completed those cards should be returned to File 1-g (Single
Family Detached Structures, Good Condition).
3. Withdraw all cards from File 1-h (Single Family Detached Struc¬
tures, Minor Repairs), tabulate by EXTERIOR MATERIAL as indicated in para¬
graph 2 above, and enter the results in lines 25 to 32 of the Single Family
13543 - 34 -
Detached column of Table 4. Enter the figure from line 25 into line 20,
Single Family Detached column of Check Sheet A. After this tabulation is
completed these cards should be returned to File 1-h (Single Family De¬
tached, Minor Repairs).
4. Withdraw all cards from File 1-i (Single Family Detached Struc¬
tures, Major Repairs), tabulate by EXTERIOR MATERIAL as indicated in para¬
graph 2 above, and enter the results in lines 33 to 40 of the Single Family
Detached column of Table 4. Enter the figure from line 33 into line 22,
Single Family Detached column of Check Sheet A. After this tabulation is
completed these cards should be returned to File 1-i (Single Family De¬
tached, Major Repairs).
5. Withdraw all cards from File 1-j (Single Family Detached Struc¬
tures, Unfit for Use) tabulate by EXTERIOR MATERIAL as indicated in para¬
graph 2 above, and enter the results in lines 41 to 48 of the Single Family
Detached column of Table 4. Enter the figure from line 41 into line 24,
Single Family Detached column of Check Sheet A. After this tabulation is
completed these cards should be returned to File 1-j (Single Family De¬
tached, Unfit for Use).
6. Withdraw all cards from File 1-k (Single Family Detached Struc¬
tures, No Report on Condition), tabulate by EXTERIOR MATERIAL as indicated
in paragraph 2 above, and enter the results in lines 9 to 16 of the Single
Family Detached column of Table 4. Enter the figure from lint. 3 into line
16, Single Family Detached column of Check Sheet A. After this tabulation
is completed these cards should be returned to File 1-k (Single Family
Detached, No Report on Condition).
7. The entries for the Total section (Lines 1 to 8) of the Single
Family Detached column of Table 6 are obtained by adding the corresponding
entries in each of the Condition sections of the table. The figure from
13543 - 35 -
lino 1 should also "bo entered on line 4 and lino 14 of the Single Family
Detached column of Cheek Sheet A, Make certain that the figures from
lines 1, 9, 17, 25, 33 and 41 (by Condition) have been entered into lines
4, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22 and 24 of Single Family Detached column of Check
Sheet A, These entries must check with the entries from previous tables.
8.■ Carry through the procedure indicated in paragraphs 2 to 7 for
each of the remaining Types of Structure groups of structure cards from
Files (2g-2k to 15g-15k), and tabulate by EXTERIOR MATERIAL. After the
tabulation is completed the cards will be returned into Files g to k
under the proper Type of Structure file. The results of the tabulation
should be entered into the proper Type of Structure column of Table 6 and
the proper figures entered into lines 4, 14, 16, 13, 20, 22 and 24 of the
proper columns of Check Sheet A.
9. Obtain the entries for column 7A (Apartment - Total) by adding
the corresponding entries in columns 733, 7C, 7D and 7E (Apartment by
Size Group Columns). Obtain the entries for Total column by adding the
corresponding entries in Columns X, i to 7A, 8 to 11 (columns 7S to 7E,
should be excluded from this total). All of those additions must be care¬
fully checked. This completes the tabulation of Table 6.
SPECIAL SORT FOR TABLES 7 to 14
1. After Table 6 is completed all cards should be withdrawn from
File 1 (Single Family Detached, yellow cards) and Files 1-g to 1-k
(Single Family Detached, white cards, by Condition). These cards should
be combined into one group and sorted by OCCUFANCY into the following
groups:
Occupancy After Sorting Pla.ce in File Number
Owner Occupied 0-1
Tenant Occupied T-l
Vacant V-l
13543
- 36 -
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Place the cards for Single Family De¬
tached Units in Files 0-1, T-l and V-l as indicated above.
2. In the manner indicated in paragraph 1 above, withdraw all cards
from Files 2 to 15, (Yellow Cards by 'Type of Structure) and Files 2g - 2k
to 15g - 15k, (iThite Cards by Type of Structure, by Condition); sort these
cards by OCCUPANCY, check the sorting and place them in files by Occupancy,
as indicated below. This sort must be carried through separately for each
Type of Structure group. After this sort is completed, all cards for Units
Not Under Construction will have been sorted into File 0-1 to 15, T-l to
T-15 and V-l to V-15, as indicated below.
Owner
Occupied
Units
Tenant
Occupied
Units
Vacant
Units
Type of Structure
Single Family Detached
Single Family Attached
Two Family, Side by Side
Two Family, Two Decker
Three Family, Three Decker
Four Family, Double Two Decker
Apartment, 5 to 9 Units
Apartment, 10 to 19 Units
Apartment, 20 to 39 Units
Apartment, 40 Units or More
Business with Residential
Other Non-Converted
■^artially Converted
Completely Converted
No Report on Type
0-1
0-2
0-3
C-4
0-5
0-6
0-7
0-8
0-9
0-10
0-11
0-12
0-13
0-14
0-15
T-9
T-10
T-ll
T-12
T-13
T-14
T-15
T-l
T-2
T-3
T-4
T-5
T-6
T-7
T-8
V-l
V-2
V-3
V-4
V-5
V-6
V-7
V-8
V-9
V-10
V-ll
V-12
V-13
V-14
V-15
13543
TABULATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR DWELLING SURVEY
PART III
Tables for Owner Occupied Units
Table 7-B to Table 14
I
Prepared by: Office of Statistical Coordinator, PERA
Division of Economics and Statistics, FHA
June 1, 1935
13543
TABULATION INSTRUCTIONS FOE DWELLING- SURVEY
PAET III
Tables for Owner Occupied Units
Table 7-3 to Table 14
Introduction
Part III presents the Tabulation Instructions for Table 7 3
to Table 11 B, 13 B and Owner Section of Tables 12 and 14 and is
based on the cards for Owner Occupied Dwelling Units only. This
tabulation should be carried forward after work has been completed
on the Block Tabulation (Part I) and on the Structure Tables 1 to
6, (Part II). The cards at this point are to be found in files by
Occupancy and under Occupancy by Type of Structure, as noted at
the end of Part II Tabulation Instructions. Before proceeding
with the tabulation of this part, re-read carefully the intro¬
ductory sections of Parts I and II. It is not necessary to com¬
plete the work on this section before proceeding with the tabula¬
tion of Parts IV and V.
Filing System for Cards for Owner Occupied Units -
After the sort indicated on the last page of Part II of
Tabulation Instructions is completed the cards for Owner Occupied
Units will be in the following files by Type of Structure.
Type of Structure
File Number
Two Family, Side by Side
Two Family, Two Decker
Three Family, Three Decker
Four Family, Double Two Decker
Single Family Detached
Single Family Attached
0-1
0-2
0-3
0-4
0-5
0-6
13543
- 2 -
Apartment, 5 to 9 Units 0-7
Apartment, 10 to 19 Units 0-8
Apartment, 20 to 39 Units 0-9
Apartment, 40 Units or More 0-10
business with Residential 0-11
Other Non-Converted 0-12
Partially Converted 0-13
Completely Converted 0-14
No Report on Type 0-15
Each separate Type of Structure group will "be routed into the
following file during the process of tabulating Table 7-B. In each
case the cards for a particular Type of Structure will be placed in
this file and during the process of tabulation will be removed
from the file and placed back into File 0-1 to 0-15 by Type of
Structure.
Number of Persons per Room File Number
A. .50 or Less 0-16
B. i51 to .75 0-17
C. .76 to 1.00 0-18
D. 1.01 to 1.50 0-19
E. 1.51 to 2.00 0-20
F. 2.01 or More 0-21
X. No Report.on Persons per Room 0-22
After the tabulation of Table 7-B is completed the cards for
each Type of Structure will be routed into the following files
during the process of tabulating Table 8-B. In each case the
cards for a particular Type of Structure will be placed In this
file and during the process of tabulation will be removed from
the file and placed back into File 0-1 to 0-15 by Type of Struc¬
ture.
Condition of Structure File Number
Good Condition 0-23
Minor Repairs 0-24
Major Repairs 0-25
Unfit for Use 0-26
No Report on Condition 0-27
13543 - 3 -
During the process of the first tabulation cf Table 9-B
the cards for each Type of Structure will be sorted by Number
of Persons in Unit and routed into the following file. The
cards will be held in this file until all cards for Owner
Occupied Units are in the files.
Number of Persons in Dwelling Units Pile Number
1 Person 0-28
2 Persons 0-29
3 Persons , 0-30
4 Persons 0-31
5 Persons 0-32
6 Persons 0-33
7 Persons 0-34
8 Persons 0-35
9 Persons 0-36
10 Persons 0-37
11 Persons or More 0-38
No Report on Persons 0-39
During the process of tabulating Table 9-B the cards for
each Number cf Persons in Unit group will be withdrawn from
Piles 0-28 to 0-39 indicated above; sorted by Plumbing Equipment
and routed into the following files by Plumbing Equipment, The
cards will be held in these files until all cards for Owner
Occupied Units are arranged in the order indicated.
Plumbing Equipment Pile Number
A.
At least 2 Toilets &
2 Bathing Units
0-40
3.
At least 2 Toilets &
1 Bathing Unit
0-41
C.
One Toilet and at least
1 Bathing Unit
0-42
D.
At least 1 Toilet out
less than 1 Bath
0-43
E.
Shared Toilet and Running
Water
0-44
F.
Shared Toilet but no
Running Water
0-45
G.
No Toilet but with
Running Water
0-46
13543
4
E. No Toilet and no
Running Water 0-47
X. No Report on Plumbing 0-48
During the process of tabulating Tabic 10-3 the cards for
each Plumbing Equipment group will be withdrawn from the files
indicated above and returned to the following files by Monthly
Rent group. The cards will be cumulated in these files until
all cards for Owner Occupied Units are arranged by Monthly Rent
group.
Monthly Rent Pile Number
A.
$ 4.99
and Less
0-49
B.
5.00
to
9.99
0-50
C.
10.00
to
14.99
0-51
D.
15.00
to
19.99
0-52
E.
20.00
to
24.99
0-53
F.
25.00
to
29.99
0-54
G.
30.00
to
39.99
0-55
E.
40.00
to
49.99
0-56
I.
50.00
to
74.99
0-57
J.
75.00
to
99.99
0-58
K.
100.00
to
149.99
0-59
L.
150.00
or
More
0-60
X.
No Report
on Rent
0-61
During the process of tabulating the remainder of Table 10-3
the cards for each Monthly Rent group will be withdrawn from the
file and returned to the file in the same order. In the process
of tabulating Table 11-3 the cards for each Monthly Rent group
indicated above will be withdrawn from the file and placed in the
file by Number of Rooms as indicated below.
Number of Rooms in Unit Pile Number
1 Room 0-62
2 Rooms 0-63
3 Rooms 0-64
4 Rooms 0-65
5 Rooms 0-66
6 Rooms 0—67
7 Rooms 0—68
8 Rooms or More 0-69
No Report on Rooms 0-70
13543
- 5 -
The cards for each Monthly Rent - Room group will be tabulated
on Table 11-E. After this tabulation is completed the cards will be
placed in the file indicated below and cumulated until cards for all
Owner Occupied Units are arranged by Condition of Structure,
Condition of Structure Hie Number
Good Condition 0-71
Minor Repairs 0-72
Major Repairs 0-73
Unfit for Use 0-74
ilo Report on Condition 0-75
The cards for each Condition group will be withdrawn from
the file, sorted by Persons per Room and placed in Pile 0-76 to
0-82 indicated below. While in this order the cards for each
Condition - Number of Persons per Room group will be tabulated
on Table 13-E. This file (0-76 to 0-82) is a working file and
will be used for a particular Condition group only. After the
tabulation of a particular Condition - Number of Persons per
Room group is completed, the cards will be routed into the per¬
manent file (0-83 to 0-39) by Number of Persons per Room. The
cards from the permanent file will be routed into tabulation of
Table 14 by Number of Persons per Room and returned to the file
in this same order.
Number of Persons Per Room Working Pile Permanent Pile
A. ,50 or Less 0-76 0-83
3. .51 to .75 0-77 0-84
C. .76 to 1.00 0-78 0-85
D. 1.01 to 1.50 0-79 0-86
S. 1.51 to 2.00 0-80 0-87
P. 2.01 or More 0-81 0-88
X. No Report on Persons
Per Room 0-82 0-89
13543
- 6 -
After the tables for all dwelling units have been completed
as indicated in Part VI, the cards should be sorted and filed by-
blocks.
A Check Sheet should be prepared to assist in the cross-checking
of entries on the Table. This Check Sheet will be headed: "Check
Sheet B, Owner Occupied Units." Enter the proper headings at the
top of a Check Sheet , 11 form.
1. This Table presents a breakdown of Owner Occupied Dwelling
Units by Type, by Dumber of Persons Per Room, by Number of Children
in the Unit. There is one section to this Table which is "Table
7-B, Owner Occupied Units." The proper headings for this Table
2. Withdraw all cards from File 0-1, (Singles Family Detached,
Owner), Sort these cards by NUMBER OF PERSONS PER ROOM into the
following groups:
Persons Per Room Croup After Posting Place in File Number
X. No Report on Persons
Per Room 0-22
CHECK THE SORTING OF TEE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post in lines 17, 25, 33, 41, 49, 57 and 9 of Single Family De¬
tached column of Table 7-B. CHECK THE COUNTING AND POSTING. The
Single Family Detached, Owner cards should be kept separate by
Person Per Room groups and placed in File 0-16 to 0-22 as noted above.
TABLE 7-3
should be placed at the top of a "Table 7
" form.
A. .50 or less
B. .51 to .75
C. .76 to 1.00
D. 1.01 to 1.50
E. 1.51 to 2.00
F. 2.01 or More
0-16
0-17
0-13
0-19
0-20
0-21
15543
- 7 - 7 B - 2
3. Withdraw all cards from File 0-16 (Single Family Detached,
Owner, .50 or Less Persons Per Room - Code A). Sort these groups
"by Number of Children in the unit. This Number of Children item
is determined by adding all persons on the "Under 1 Year", "1 to
4 Years", "5 to 9 Years", and "10 to 14 Years" lines of the
NUMBER. AND AGE OF ALL PERSONS section of the card. When .the age
of persons in the dwelling unit is reported, but "0" is entered
in all of the age groups indicated above, the unit is counted as
"No Children". If the ago of persons is not reported the unit
is counted as "No Report On Children". The groups into which the
cards are to be sorted are::
No Children
1 Child
2 Children
3 or 4 Children
5 Children or More
No Report on Children
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group
and post on lines 20 to 24 and 18 of Single Family Detached
column of Table 7-B. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. Obtain
the entry for line 19 (Total Reports on Children) by adding the
entries in lines 20 to 24. The total of the entries on lines 18
and 19 must check with the entry on line 17. If this addition
fails to check it will be necessary to re-check the tabulation.
Place rubber bands around each of the separate Number of Children
groups and return the cards to File 0-1 (Single Family Detached,
Owner).
4. Withdraw all cards from File 0-17 (Single Family Detached,
Owner, .51 to .75 Persons Per Room - Code B). Tabulate by Number
of Children groups in the manner indicated in paragraph 3 above.
13543
- 8 - 7 B - 3
Post results on lines 26 to 32 of Single Family Detached column
and return the cards to File 0-1 (Single Family Detached, Owner).
5. Withdraw all cards from File 0-13 (Single Family Detached,
Owner, .76 to 1.00 Persons Per Room - Code C). Tabulate "by Dumber
of Children groups in the manner indicated in paragraph 3 above.
Post results on lines 34 to 40 of Single Family Detached column
and return the cards to File 0-1 (Single Family Detached, Owner).
6. Withdraw all cards from File 0-19 (Single Family Detached,
Owner, 1.01 to 1.50 Persons Per Room - Code D)« Tabulate by Dumber
of Children groups in the manner indicated in paragraph 3 above.
Post results on line 42 to 48 tof Single Family Detached column and
return the cards to File 0-1 (Single Family Detached, Owner).
7. Withdraw all cards from File 0-20 (Single Family Detached,
Owner, 1.51 to 2.00 Persons Per Room - Code 3). Tabulate by Dumber
of Children groups in the manner indicated in paragraph 3 above.
Post results on line 50 to 56 of Single Family Detached column and
return the cards to File 0-1 (Single Family Detached, Owner).
8. Withdraw all cards from File 0-21 (Single Family Detached,
Owner, 2.01 or more Persons Per Room - Code F). Tabulate by Dumber
of Children groups in the manner indicated in paragraph 3 above.
Post results on lines 58 to 64 of Single Family Detached column
and return the cards to File 0-1 (Single Family Detached, Owner).
9. Withdraw all cards from File 0-22 (Single Family Detached,
Owner, Do Report on Persons Per Room - Code X). Tabulate by
Dumber of Children groups in the manner indicated in paragraph 3
above. Post results on lines 10 to 16 of Single Family Detached
column and return the cards to File 0-1 (Single Family Detached,
Owner).
13543
- 9 -
10. Obtain the entries for lines 1 to 8 (Number of Children
groups for Total - All Persons Per Boom Group section) of the
Single Family Detached column by adding the corresponding entries
in each of the Persons Per Boom Group sections. The total of the
entries on lines 4 to 8 must check with the entry on line 3, and
the total of the entries on lines 2 and 3 must check with the
entry on line 1. After this process is completed all cards for
Single Family Detached, Owner Units will have been returned to
File 0-1; and Files 0-16 to 0-22 will be vacant.
11. In the manner indicated in paragraphs 2 to 10, withdraw
the cards for each of the remaining Owner Occupied Type of Struc¬
ture groups from Files 0-2 to 0-15; sort each Type of Structure
group by Persons Per Room; place cards in Files 0-16 to 0-22;
tabulate by Number of Children; and. enter results in the proper
column of Table 7-3. This tabulation must be carried forward
separately for each Type of Structure group. After tabulation for
any type is completed the cards should be returned to Files 0-2
to 0-15.
12. Obtain the entries for column 7A (Apartment - Total) by
adding the corresponding entries in columns 73, 7C, 7D, and 7E
(Apartment by Size Groups columns). The Total Reports on Children
entry for each Person Per Room group must check with the total of
the Number of Children groups and the Total Reports on Children
plus No Report on Children must check with the total in each Per¬
sons Per Room group.
13543
— 10 —
13» In a manner similar to that indicated in paragraph 12
obtain the entries for Total All Units column by adding the entri
in columns X, 1 to 6, 7A, 8 to 11 (columns 7B, 7C, 7D, 7E must be
omitted from this total). These entries should be checked in a
manner similar to that indicated in paragraph 12.
14. Enter the figures from line 1 of Table 7B by Type of
Structure into lines 1, 2 and 4 to 18 of Table 7 column of Check
Sheet I, obtain the entry for line 3 of Check Sheet B by adding
the entries on lines 4 to 10 and 15 to 18. Also enter the figure
from lines 9, 17, 25, 33, 41, 49, and 57 of Total column into
lines 19 and 21 to 26 of Table 7 column of Check Sheet B. The
entry for line 20 of Check Sheet B should be obtained by adding
the entries on lines 21 to 26. The sum of entries on lines 19
and 20 should check with the entry on line 1 of the Check Sheet.
Also enter fig-ores from lines 2 to 8 of Total All Units column
into lines 27 to 33 of Table 7 column of Check Sheet 3. This
completes the tabulation of Table 7-3. After this tabulation
has been completed all of the cards for Owner units will have
been restored to Biles 0-1 to 0-15 by Type of Structure. If any
sections of this table fail to check it will be found that the
cards in each Type of Structure file are in groups by Number of
Children segregated by rubber bands, and it will be possible to
reestablish any desired file.
TABLE 8-3
1. This Table presents a breakdown of Owner Occupied Dwell¬
ing Units by Type, by Condition, by Duration of Occupancy. There
13543
- 11 - 83
is on? section to this table which is: "Table 8-3, Owner Occupied
Units". The proper headings for this Table should be placed at the
top of "Table 3 _____ , " form.
2. Withdraw all cards from File 0-1 (Single Family Detached,
Owner). Remove the rubber bands and sort these cards by CONDITION
into the following groups:
Condition After Posting Place in File Number
. .. .. .. —7 .!>■* ■ .... i... ■ ■ .
Good Condition 0-23
Minor Repairs 0-24
Major Repairs 0-25
Unfit for Use 0-26
No Report on Condition 0-27
CHECK TEC SORTING- OF TEE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post on lines 23, 34, 45, 56 and 12 of the Single Family Detached
column of Table 8-3. CHECK THE COUNTING AND TEE POSTING. Obtain
the entry for line 1 by adding the entries on lines 12, 23, 34, 45,
and 56. Enter the figure from line 1 of the Single Family Detached
column into line 4 of the Table 8 column of Check Sheet E where it
must check with the corresponding entry from the previous Table. The
cards for Single Family Detached, Owrrer Units should now be returned
to the file where they should be placed in File 0-23 to 0-27 as noted
above.
3. Withdraw all cards from File 0-23 (Single Family Detached,
Owner, Good Condition). Sort these Cc?rds by DURATION OF OCCUPANCY
into the following groups:
A. Less than 6 months
3. 6 months - 11 months
C. 1 year - 1 year, 11 months
D. 2 years - 2 years, 11 months
E. 3 years - 4 years, 11 months
E. 5 /ears - 5 years, 11 months
G. 10 years - 19 years, 11 months
H. 20 years or more.
X. No report on Duration
13543
- 12 - 8 B
CHECK THE SORTING OE THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on lines 26 to 33 and 24 of Single Family Detached column of Tahle 8-B.
CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. Obtain the entry for line 25 (Total
Reports on Duration) by adding the entries in lines 26 to 33. The total
of the entries on lines 24 and 25 must check with the entry on line 23.
If this addition fails to check, it will be necessary to re-check the
tabulation. Place rubber bands around each of the separate duration of
occupancy groups and return all of the., cards to File 0-1 (Single Family
Detached, Owner).
4. Withdraw all cards from File 0-24 (Single Family Detached,
Owner, Minor Repairs). Tabulate by duration of occupancy groups in the
manner indicated in paragraph 3 above and enter results on lines 35 to
44 of the Single Family Detached column. Return the cards to File 0-1
(Single Family Detached, Owner).
5. Withdraw all cards from File 0-25 (Single Family Detached,
Owner, Major Repairs). Tabulate by duration of occupancy in the
manner indicated in paragraph 3 and enter results on lines 46 to 55 of
the Single Family Detached column. Return cards to File 0-1 (Single
Family Detached, Owner).
6. Withdraw all cards from File 0-26 (Single Family Detached,
Owner, Unfit for Use). Tabulate by duration of occupancy in the same
manner as indicated in paragraph 3 and enter results on lines 57 to 66
of the Single Family Detached column. Return cards to File 0-1 (Single
Family Detached, Owner).
7. Withdraw all cards from File 0-27 (Single Family Detached,
Owner, No Report on Condition). Tabulate by duration of occupancy in
the same manner as indicated in paragraph 3 and enter results on lines
13 to 22 of the Single Family Detached column of Table 3-B. Return
cards to File 0-1 (Single Family Detached, Owner).
13543 - 13 - '83
8. Obtain the entries for lines 2 to 11 by adding the correspond¬
ing entries in each of the condition groups. The total of the entries
on lines 4 to 11 must check with the entry on line 3 and tne total of the
entries on lines 2 and 3 must check with the entry on line 1. After this
process is completed all cards for Single Family Detached, Owner Units
will have been returned to File 0-1; and Files 0-23 to 0-27 will be vacant.
9. In the manner indicated in paragraph 2 to 8, withdraw the cards
for each of the remaining type of structure groups from the files (0-2 to
0-15), sort eacn Type of Structure group by CONDITION, place cards in
Files 0-23 to 0-27, tabulate by duration of occupancy; enter results in
the proper columns of Table 8-3; and return the cards to File 0-2 to 0-15.
This tabulation must be carried forward separately for each type of struc¬
ture group.
10. Obtain the entries for Column 7-A (Aoartment - Total) by adding
the corresponding unfri, s in Columns 7-3, 7-9, 7-D, and 7-3 (Apartment by
Size Groups columns). Dnter thu figure from line 1 column 7-A (Apartment-
Total) into lino 10 of the Table 3 column of Chucu Sheet 3 where it must
check with corresponding entry from the previous table. The Total Reports
on Duration entry for each condition group must check with the total of
the Duration of Occupancy groups, and the Total Reports on Duration plus
No Report on Duration must check with the Total All Units in oach condi¬
tion group.
11. In a manner similar to that indicated in paragraph 10 obtain
the entries for Total All Units column by adding the entries in each of
the type of structure columns (excluding the Apartment by Size Group
columns). Enter the figure from line 1 of the Total column of Table 8-3
into lino 1 of Check Sheet 3 v/ncre it must check with corresponding entry
from previous table. Obtain entry for line 3 of Chock Sheet B by adding
lines 4 to 10 and- 15 to 18. The sum of entries on lines 2 and 3 must
13543 - 14 - 8 B
check with line 1 of the Check Sheet. These, entries should be checked
in a manner similar to that indicated in paragraph 10.
12. Enter the figures from lines 12, 23, 34, 45 and 56 (by Condi¬
tion) of Total column of Table 8-B into lines 34 and 36 to 39 of Table 8
column of Check Sheet B. The entry for line 35 of Check Sheet B should
be obtained by adding the entries on lines 36 to 39, The sum of the
entries on lines 34 and 35 should check with the entry on line 1 of the
Check Sheet. Also enter figures from lines 2 to 11 (by Duration of Occu¬
pancy) of Total column of Table 8-B into lines 40 to 49 of Table 8 column
of Check Sheet B.
This completes the tabulation of Table 8-3. If any sections of this
table fail to check it will be found 'that the cards in each type of struc¬
ture file are in groups by Condition, segregated by rubber bands, and it
will be possible to reestablish any desired filo.
TA3LS 9-3
1. This Table presents a breakdown of Owner Occupied Dwelling
Units by Number of Persons in Unit, by Type of Structure, Heating
Equipment, Lighting Equipment, Cooking Equipment, Refrigeration Equip¬
ment, Number of Roomers, Persons Per Room, and Plumbing Equipment.
There is one section to this table which is "Table 9-3, Owner Occupied
Units." The proper heading should be placed at the top of a "Table 9
, " form.
2. Withdraw all cards from File 0-1 (Single Family Detached, Owner.)
Remove the rubber bands and sort these cards by NUMBER OF PERSONS IN UNIT
into the following groups:
13543
15 -
9 B
Number of Persons in Unit
After Posting Place in Pile Number
1 Person
2 Persons
3 Persons
4 Persons
0-28
0-29
0-30
0-31
0-32
0-33
0-34
0-35
0-36
0-37
0-38
0-39
5 Persons
6 Persons
7 Persons
8 Persons
9 Persons
10 Persons
11 Persons or More
X. No Report on Persons
CHECK THE SORTING OP THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
in the proper column of line 4 (Single Family Detached) of Table 9-B.
Obtain the total Number of Persons in Units with 11 or more persons and
enter in the right hand column of this line. This entry is obtained by
adding the number of persons reported on all cards with 11 or more
persons. CHECK TBS COUNTING AND THE POSTING. Obtain the entry for Total
Number of Units column by adding the entries in each of the Number of
Persons in Unit columns, do not include the entry from column Total-
Number of Persons in Units with 11 or more Persons in this total. Enter
this figure also onto line 4 (Single Family Detached) of Table 9 column
of Check Sheet B, where it must check with the corresponding entry from
previous tables. Single Family Detached Owner Unit cards should now be
returned to the file where they should be placed in Files 0-28 to 0-39,
by NUMBER OF PERSONS IN UNIT, as noted above, with rubber bands around
each separate group.
3. In the manner Indicated in paragraph 2, withdraw cards from
each of the remaining groups from the files (0-2 to 0-15); sort each
group by NUMBER OF PERSONS IN UNIT; tabulate; enter results on the proper
line of Table 9-B, and transcribe total to Check Sheet B. Then place
cards in Files 0-28 to 0-39 with rubber bands around each group. After
13543 - 16 - 9 B
After this process is completed, all of the cards for Owner Units will
have been tabulated by NUMBER OF PERSONS IF UNIT and filed by NUMBERS
OF PERSONS IN UNIT in files 0-29 to 0-39.
4. Obtain the entries for line 10 (Apartment - Total) by adding
the entries on lines 11 to 14; also obtain the entries for line 3 by
adding the entries on lines 4 to 10, and 15 to 18; also obtain the
entries for line 1 by adding the entries on lines 2 and 3. The entries
for Total Number of Units column for lines 1, 3 and 10 are obtained
by adding the entries in all of the Number of Persons in Unit columns.
Enter the figures on lines 1, 3 and 10 of Total All Units column into
lines 1, 3 and 10 of Table 9 column of Check Sheet B, where they must
check with the corresponding entries from previous tables.
5. Withdraw all cards from File 0-28 (One Person Unit, Owner).
Remove the rubber bands and sort these cards by HEATING EQUIPMENT into
the following groups:
1. Central Steam or Hot Water
2. Central Warm Air
3. Other Installed
4. None Installed
X. No Report on Heating
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post on lines 21 to 24 and 19 of One Person column of Table 9-B.
CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. Obtain the entry for line 20
(Total Reports on Heating) by adding the entries on lines 21 to 24-.
The total of the entries on lines 19 and 20 must check with the entry
on line 1. After this tabulation is completed the cards from File 0-28
(One Person Units, Owner) should be routed to the tabulation indicated
below.
6. Sort all cards from File 0-28 (One Person Units, Owner) by
LIGHTING EQUIPMENT into the following groups:
1. Electric
2. Gas
3. Other
X. No Report on Lighting
13543
- 17 -
CHECK TEE SORTING OF THE CARES. Count the cards in each group and post
in lines 27 to 29 and 25 of the One Person column of Table 9-3. CHECK
TEE COUNTING AND THE. POSTING. Obtain the entry for line 26 (Total Re¬
ports on Lighting) by adding the entries on lines 27 to 29. The total
of the entries on lines 25 and 26 must check with the entry on line 1.
After this tabulation is completed the cards from File 0-28 (One Person
Units, Owner) should be routed to the tabulation indicated below.
7. Sort all cards from File 0-28 (One Person Units, Owner) by
COOKING EQUIPMENT into the following groups:
1. Electric
2. Gas
3. Other Installed
4. None Installed
X. No Report on Cooking
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARES. Count the cards in each group and post
■i'
in lines 32 ko 35 and 30 of the One Person column of Table 9-B. CHECK
THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. Obtain the entry for line 31 (Total Reports
on Cooking) by adding the entries on lines 32 to 35. The total of the
entries on lines 30 and 31 must check with the entry on line 1. After
this tabulation is completed the cards from File 0-28 (One Person Units,
Owner) should be routed to the tabulation indicated below.
8. Sort all cards from File 0-28 (One Person Units, Owner) by
REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT into the following groups:
1. Electric
2. . Gas
3. Ice
4. No lie
X. No Report on Refrigeration
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARES. Count the cards in each group and post
on lines 38 to 41 and 36 of the One Person column of Table 9-3. The
entry for line 37 (Total Reports on Refrigeration) is obtained by adding
13543
- 18 -
the entries on lines 38 to 41. The totals of the entries on lines
36 and 37 must check with the entry on line 1. After this tabulation
is comjjleted, the cards from File 0-28 (One Person Units, Owner) should
he routed to the tabulation indicated "below.
9. Sort all cards from File 0-28 (One Person Units, Owner) by
NUMBER CF ROOMERS into the following groups:
Ho Roomers
1 Roomer
0 Roomers
3 Roomers
4 Roomers
5 Roomers
6 Roomers
7 Roomers
8 Roomers
9 Roomers
10 Roomers
11 Roomers or More
Ho Report on Roomers
CHECK PES SORTING- OF TEE CARPS. Count the cards in each group and
post in lines 44 to 56 and 4-2 of the One Person column of Table 9-3.
The entry for line 43 (Total Reports on Roomers) is obtained by ad¬
ding the entries on lines 44 to 55. The total of the entries on lines
42 and 43 must check with the entry on line 1. After this tabulation
is completed the cards from File 0-28 (One Person Units, Owner) should
be routed to the tabulation indicated below.
10. Sort the cards from File 0-28 (One Person Units, Owner) by
PLUMBING EQUIPMENT into the following groups:
Plumbing Equipment After Posting Place in File No.
A.
At least 2 Toilets and 2 Bathing Units
0-40
B.
At least 2 Toilets and 1 Bathing Unit
0-41
C.
1 Toilet and at least 1 Bathing Unit
0-42
3.
At least 1 Toilet but less than 1 Bathing Unit
0-43
E.
Shared Toilet and Running Water
0-44
P.
Shared Toilet but no Running Water
0-45
G.
Ho Toilet but with Running Water
0-46
H.
Ho Toilet and No Running Water
0-47
X.
Ho Report on Plumbing
0-48
13543 9 B
- 19 -
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARES. Count the cards in each group and
post in lines 65 to 73 and 64 of the One Person column of Table 9-B.
The entry for line 65 (Total Reports on Plumbing) is obtained by
adding the entries on lines 66 to 73. The total of the entries on
lines 64 and 65 must check with the entries on line 1. These
Plumbing Equipment groups of One Person Units, Owner cards should
now have rubber bands placed around each separate group, and the
cards should be placed in Files 0-40 to 0-48 as noted above.
11. In the manner indicated in paragraphs 5 to 10, withdraw
the cards for each of the remaining Number of Persons in Unit groups
from Files 0-29 to 0-39; tabulate each group by HEATING EQUIPMENT,
LIGHTING EQUIPMENT, COOKING EQUIPMENT, REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT,
NUMBER OF ROOMERS, and PLUMBING EQUIPMENT. After the tabulation by
PLUMBING EQUIPMENT for a particular Number of Persons in Unit group
is completed rubber bands should be placed around each of the
separate Plumbing Equipment groups and the cards placed in Files
0-40 to 0-48 as indicated in paragraph 10. In tabulating the 11
Persons or More Owner units, it is necessary to obtain the total
of the Number of Persons in Units in each tabulation, in addition
to the count of the cards in the group. The Number of Persons in
Units with 11 or More Persons is entered in the column at the
extreme right of the table.
12. The entries for Total Number of Units column are ob¬
tained by adding the corresponding entries in all of the Number of
Persons in Unit columns of the table. These entries must be care¬
fully checked. Lines 56 to 63 (Number of Persons Per Room), of
13543
- 20 - 9 3
this table will he derived from the- NUMBER OF PERSONS section of
Table 11 3-1, and need not be tabulated from the Persons Per
Room code given on the cards.
13. Enter the figures from line 1, Table 9-3, by IRJlvlHEE. OF
PERSONS IN UNIT into lines 98 to 109 and 96 of Table 9 column of
Check Sheet 3. To obtain the entry for lino 97 of Check Sheet 3,
add lines 98 to 108. Also enter figures from lines 19 to 41 (by
Heating, Lighting, Cooking and Refrigeration Equipment) of Total
All Units column of Table 9-3 into lines 73 to 95 of Table 9
column Check Sheet 3. Also enter figures from lines 42 to 46 and
line 55 (by Number of Roomers) of Total All Units column of Table
9-B into lines 50 to 54 and 57 of Table 9 column of Check Sheet 3.
The total of entries on lines 47 and 48 of Table 9-3 should be
entered into line 55 of Check Sheet 3, and the total of entries on
lines 49 to 54 of Table 9-3 should be entered into line 55 of
Check Sheet 3. Also enter figures from lines 64 to 73 of Total All
Units column of Table 9-3 into lines 63 to 72 of Table 9 column of
Check Sheet 3. This completes the tabulation of Table 9-3. After
this tabulation is completed, the cards for Owner Units will have
been filed by Plumbing Equipment groups in Piles 0-40 to 0-48.
If, after the entry of the figures into Check Sheet 3, it is
found necessary to retabulate any section of 9-3, it will be found
that the sepanate Number of Persons groups are segregated with
each Plumbing Equipment file by rubber bands, and that the pre¬
vious file can be easily re-established.
13543 — 21 "
TABLE 10-3
1. This Table presents a breakdown of Ovmer Occupied
Dwelling Units by Monthly Rent Group, by Plumbing Equipment, Heat¬
ing Equipment, Lighting Equipment, Cooking Equipment, Refrigeration
Equipment, Year Built Group, Number of Roomers and Race of Household.
There is one section of this table which is lfTable 10-B,, Owner
Occupied Units". The proper headings should be placed at the top
of a "Table 10__ , " form.
2. Withdraw all cards from Pile 0-40 (At Least Two Toilets
And Two Bathing Units, Owner). Sort these cards by MONTHLY EENT
into the following groups:
Monthly Rent
Grout)
After Posting Place
A.
$
4.99
and less
0-49
3.
$
5.00
to 9.99
0-50
C.
$
10.00
to 14.99
0-51
3.
$
15.00
to 19.99
0^52
E.
$
20.00
to 24.99
0-53
E.
$
25.00
to 29.99
0-54
G.
$
30.00
to 39.99
0-55
H.
$
40.00
to 49.99
0-56
I.
$
50.00
to 74.99
0-57
J.
$
75.00
to 99.99
0-53
K.
$
100.00
to 149.99
0-59
L.
$
150.00
and over
0-60
X.
No
reuort on rent
0-61
CHECK THE SORTING OE THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post in the proper Monthly Rent column of line 4 (^t Least Two
Toilets and Two Bathing Units) of Table 10-B, CHECK THE COUNTING
AIE) THE POSTING.
Obtain the entry for Total All Units column by adding the
corresponding entries in all of the Monthly Rent columns. Snter the
figure from line 4 of Total All Units column of Table 10-B into
line 65 of Table 10 column of Check Sheet 3, where it must check with
13543
- 22
10 3
the corresponding entry from the previous table. Place a rubber
band around each of the separate Monthly Rent groups of At Least Two
Toilet and Two Bathing Units, Owner cards and place in Piles 0-49
to 0-61 by Rent Groups.
3. Carry through the procedure indicated in paragraph 2 on
each of the remaining Plumbing Equipment groups of owner cards (files
0-41 to 0-48). The result should be posted into lines 2 and 5 to 11
of Table 10-3 and the figures from Total All Units column should be
entered on line 66 to 72 and 63 of Table 10 column, of Check Sheet 3.
After this tabulation is completed the cards will have been sorted
by Monthly Rent groups and placed in Piles 0-49 to 0-61. The entries
for line 3 are obtained by adding the corresponding entries on lines
4 to 11. 'The entries for lino 1 are obtained by adding the entries
on lines 2 amid 3. The entries from lines 1 and 3 Total All Units
column should be entered on lines 1 and 64 of Check Sheet 3 where
they should check with the entries from previous tables.
4. Withdraw all cards from File 0-49 (Monthly Rent of
$4.99 and Less Code A, Owner)* Remove the rubber bands from the
cards. Sort these cards by KEATING EQUIPMENT into the following
groups:
1. Central Steam or Hot Water
2. Central Warm Air
3. Other Installed
4. None Installed
X. No report on Heating
CHECK TEE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post on lines 14 to 17 and 12 of Column A ($4,99 and less) of Table
10-3. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for line 13
13543 - 23 - 10 3
(Total Reports on Heating) is obtained by adding the entries on lines
14 to 17. The total of the entries on lines 12 and 13 must check
with the entry on line 1. After the tabulation of this section is
completed tho cards should be routed to the process indicated below.
5. Sort all cards from File 0-49 (Monthly Rent of $4.99
and Less - Code A, Owner) by LIGHTING EQUIPMENT into the following
groups:
1. Electric
2. Gas
3. Other
X. No Report on Lighting
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CAPES. Count the cards in each group and
post on lines 20 to 22 and 18 of Column A* ($4.99 and less) of Table
10—B. CHECK TEE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. Obtain the entry for line
19 (Total Reports on Lighting) by adding the1 entries on linos 20 to
22. The totals of the entries on lines 18 and 19 must check with the
entry on line 1. After the tabulation of this section is completed
the cards should be routed to the process indicated below.
6. Sort all cards from File 0-49 (Monthly Rent of $4.99 and
less - Code A, Owner) by COOKING EQUIPMENT into the following groups:
1. Electric
2. Gas
3. Other installed
4. None installed
X. No report on cooking
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
enter the results on lines 25 to 28 and 23 of column A ($4.99 and less)
of Table 10-3. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for
line 24 (Total Reports on Cooking) is obtained by adding the entries
in lines 25 to 28. The total of the entries on line 23 and 24 must
13543
- 24 -
10 B
check with the entry on line 1. After the tabulation of this section
is completed, the cards should be routed to the process indicated
below.
7. Sort all cards from Pile 0-49 (Monthly Rent of $4.99 and
Less - Code A, Owner) by REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT into the following
groups:
1. Electric
2. Gas
3. Ice
4. None
X. No report on refrigera.tion
CHECK THE SORTING OE THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post on lines 31 to 34 and 29 of column A ($4.99 and Less). CHECK
THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for line 30 (Total Reports
on Refrigeration) is obtained by adding the entries on lines 31 to
34. The total of the entries on lines 29 and 30 must check with the
entry on line 1. After the tabulation of this section is completed,
the cards should be routed to the process indicated below.
3. Sort all cards from File 0-49 (Monthly Rent of $4.99 and
Less - Code- A, Owner) by YEAR BUILT, into the following groups:
A. 1935
E. 1930 - 1934
C. 1925 - 1929
D. 1920 - 1924
E. 1915 - 1919
F. 1905 - 1914
G. 1895 - 1904
E. 1835 - 1G94
I. 1860 - 1884
J. 1359 or before
X. No report on year built
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on lines 37 to 46 and 35 of column A ($4.99 and less) of Table 10-B.
CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for lino 36 (Total Re¬
ports on Year Built) is obtained by adding the entries on lines 37 to 46.
13543
- 25 -
10 B
The total of the entries on lines 35 and 36 must check with the
entry on line 1. After the tabulation is completed, the cards should
"be routed to the process indicated "below.
9. Sort the cards from File 0-49 (Monthly Rent of $4.99 and
less - Code A, Owner) "by NUMBER OF BOOMERS into the following groups:
No Roomers
1 Roomer
2 Roomers
3 or 4 Roomers
5 to 10 Roomers
11 Roomers or more
No report on roomers
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARES. Count the cards in each group and
post on lines 49 to 54 and 47 of column A ($4.99 and less) of Table
10-3. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for line 48
(Total Reports on Roomers) is obtained "by adding the entries on
lines 49 to 54. The total of the entries on lines 47 and 48 must
check with the entry on line 1. After the tabulation of this section
is completed, the cards should be routed to the process indicated
below.
10. Sort all cards from File 0-49 (Monthly Rent of $4.99 and
Less - Code A, Owner) by RACE OF HOUSEHOLD into the following groups:
1. White
2. Negro
3. Other Race,
X. No Report on Race
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in ea.ch group and
post on lines 57 to 59 and 55 of column A ($4.99 and less) of Table
10-3. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for line 56
(Total reports on Race) is obtained by adding the entries on lines
57 to 59. The total of the entries on lines 55 and 56 must check
13543
- 26 -
10 £
with the entry on line 1. After this tabulation is completed the
cards for Monthly Rent of $4.99 and Less - Code A, Owner should be
returned to File 0-49.
11. In the manner indicated in paragraphs 4 to 10 with¬
draw the cards for each of the remaining Monthly Rent groups from
the file (0-50 to 0-61); tabulate each Monthly Rent group by KEAT¬
ING EQUIPMENT, LIGHTING EQUIPMENT, COOKING EQUIPMENT, REFRIGERATION
EQUIPMENT, YEAR. BUILT, ROOMERS AND RACE, ,1fter the tabulation for
each Monthly Rent group is completed the cards should be returned
to the proper file (0-50 to 0-61).
12. Obtain the entries for Total All Units column by adding
*
the entries in all of the Monthly Rent group columns. These addi¬
tions must be carefully checked. Enter the figures from line 1
Column X and Columns A to L by Monthly Rent into lines 110 and 112
to 123 of Table 10 column of Check Sheet 3. Obtain the entry for
line 111, Check Sheet E, by adding lines 112 to 123. Enter the
figures from lines 12 to 34 (by Heating, Lighting, Cooking, and Re¬
frigeration Equipment) of Total All Units column of Table 10-B into
line 73 to 95 of Table 10 column of Check Sheet B. Also enter
figures from lines 47 to 54 (by Number of Roomers) of Total All Units
column into lines 50 to 57 of Table 10 column of Check Sheet B. These
entries in Table 10 column of Check Sheet B must check with the corre¬
sponding entries for previous table. This completes the tabulation
of Table 10-B.
13. After Table 103 (Owner Occupied Units) and Table IOC
(Tenant Occupied Units) are completed, add the entries from the
Total column of xabies 10B and IOC for line 56 (Total Reports on
13543
- 27 - 10 3
Race) for line 58 (Negro), and for line 59 (Other Race). If the
total for Negro or for Other Race is two hundred or more, and if
the total in either case represents 10$ or more of Total Reports on
Race it will he necessary to tabulate Table 16 for the area. When
the area has qualified for the Table 16 tabulation as indicated
above, this table should be prepared at this point in the tabulation
procedure as explained in Part VII of the Tabulation Instructions.
After Table 16 is completed the cards should be routed into Table 11.
When Negro or Other Race does not account for two hundred or more
units or does not represent 10$ or more of Total Units the Table 16
tabulation is not required and the cards can be routed immediately
into Table 11.
TABLE 11-B
1, This Table presents a breakdown of Owner Occupied Units
by Monthly Rent Group, by Number of Rooms in Unit, by Type of Struc¬
ture, Number of Persons, Furniture, Duration of Occupancy, Number of
Children, Extra Families and Condition. There are seven pages to this
Table which are:
Table
11B-1
Table
113-2
Table
113-3
Table
113-4
Table
113-5
Table
113-6
Table
113-7
Owner occupied units
Owner occupied units
Owner occupied units
Owner occupied units
Owner occupied units
Owner occupied units
Owner occupied units
Total, No report on Rent
Rent of $4.59 or less, $5.00 to $9.99
Rent of $10.00 to $14.99, $15.00 to $19.99
Rent of $20.00 to $24.99, $25.00 to $29.99
Rent of $30.00 to $39.99, $40.00 to $49.99
Rent of $50.00 to $74.99, $75.00 to $99.99
Rent of $100.00 to $149.99, $150.00 or more
Enter the proper headings for these seven pages of Table 11-3 on a set
of "Table 11 , , , J1 forms. In addition the
proper Monthly Rent groups should be entered in the column headings of
the "Monthly Rent of " space.
13543
-sa¬
il B
2. Withdraw all cards from Bile 0-49 (Monthly Rent of $4.99
or less - Code A). Sort tnese cards by NUMBER 0"51 ROOMS III UNIT into
the following groups:
Number of Rooms After Posting Place in Rile No*
1 Room
0-62
2 Rooms
0-63
3 Rooms
0-64
4 Rooms
0—65
5 Rooms
0-66
6 Rooms
0-67
7 Rooms
0-68
8 Rooms or more
0-69
X.No renort on rooms
0-70
CHECK THE SORTING OR THE CARDS. Count the cards in ea.ch group and
post on Line 1 in the proper Number of Rooms column of Monthly Rent
of $4.99 or Less - Code A. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. Ob¬
tain the entry for Total column by adding the entries in the Number
of Rooms columns. Enter the figure from Total column of line 1 into
line 112 of Table 11 column of Check Sheet 3, where it must check
with the corresponding entry for the previous Table. The cards for
Monthly Rent of $4.99 or Less - Code A, Owner, should now be returned
to the file where they should be- placed in Piles 0-62 to 0-70 by
Number of Rooms as noted above.
3. Witndraw all cards from File 0-62 (One Room, Monthly Rent
of $4.99 and Less - Code A, Owner). Sort these cards by TYPE OF STRUC¬
TURE into the following groups:
1. Single Family Detached
2. Single Family Attached
2-. 2 Family Side by Side
4. 2 Family 2 Decker
5. 3 Family 3 Decker
6. 4 Family Double 2 Decker
7. Apartment, 5 to 9 Units
Apartment, 10 to 19 Units
Apartment, 20 to 39 Units
Apa,rtment, 40 Units or More
8. Business with ^welling Units
13543 - 29 - 11 3
9. Other Nan-Converted
10. Partially Converted
11. Completely Converted
CHECK THE SORTING 0? THE CARDS. Count tho cards in each group and
post on lines 4 to 9, 11 to 18, and 2 of One Room column of Monthly
Rent of $4.99 and less section of Table 113-2. CHECK THE COUNTING
AND THE POSTING. The entry for lino 10 (Apartment-Total) is ob¬
tained by adding the entries on lines 11 to 14. The entry for line
3 (Total Reports on Type) is obtained by adding the entries on
lines 4 to 10 and 15 to 18. The total of the entries on lines 2
and 3 must check with the entry on line 1. After the tabulation of
this section is completed, the cards should be routed to the process
indicated below.
4. Sort all cards from Pile 0-62 (One Room, Monthly Rent
of $4.99 and Less - Code A, Owner) by NUMBER OP PERSONS IN UNIT into
the following groups:
1 Person
2 Persons
3 Persons
4 Persons
5 Persons
6 Persons
7 Persons
8 Persons
9 Persons
10 Persons
11 Persons or More
X. No Report on Persons
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post on lines 21 to 31 and 19 of One Room Column of Monthly Rent
of $4.99 and Less Section of Table 113-2. The total of the number
of persons in the 11 Persons or More Group should be entered on
Line 32. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. Obtain the entry
13543 - 30 - 11 B
for Line 20 "by adding the cntri -s on Lines 21 to 31. Lo not in¬
clude the entry iron line 32 in this total. The total of the
entries on lines 19 and 20 nust check with the entry on line 1.
After the tabulation of this section is completed, the cards should
"be routed to the jJrocess indicated "below.
5. There is no tabulation of FURNISHINGS INCLUDED IN
RENT for Owner Occupied units and lines 33 to 36 of Table 113
should be left blank.
6. Sort all cards from File 0-62 (One Room, Monthly Rent
of $4.99 and Loss - Code A, Owner) by DURATION OF OCCUPANCY into the
following groups:
A. Less than 6 months
B. 6 months - 11 months
C. 1 year - 1 yea.r, 11 months
D. 2 years - 2 years, 11 months
3. 3 years - 4 years, 11 months
?. 5 years - 3 years, 11 months
G. 10 years - 19 years, 11 months
H. 20 years or more
X. !To report on Duration
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post on linos 39 to 4b and 37 of One Room column of Monthly Rent of
$4.99 and Loss Section of Table 11B-2. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE
POSTING. The entry for line 38 (Total Reports on Duration) is ob¬
tained by adding the entries on lines 39 to 45. The total of the
entries on linos 37 and 38 must check with the entry on line 1.
After the tabulation of this soction is completed, the cards should
be routed to the process indicated below.
7. Sort all cards from File 0-62 (One Room, Monthly Rent
of $4.99 and Less - Code A, Owner) by NUMBER OF CHILDREN IN THE. UNIT.
13543
-Si¬
ll 3
This Humbcr of Childron iten is determined "by adding all persons in
the "Under 1 year", "1 to 4 years", "5 to 9 years", and "10 to 14
years" sections of NUMBER AMD AGE OF ALL PERSONS section of the card.
When the age of the poisons in the dwelling unit is reported, but
"0" is entered in all of the age groups indicated above, the. unit is
counted as "No Children". If the age of persons is not reported, the
unit is counted as "No Report on Children". The groups into which
the cards are to bo sorted are:
No Children
1 Child
2 Children
3 or 4 Qhildren
5 Children or More
No Report on Children
CHECK THE SORTING OF TEE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post on linos 49 to 53 and 47 of One Room column of Monthly Rent
of $4.99 or Less Section of Table UB-2. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE
POSTING. The entry for line 48 (Total Reports on Children) is ob¬
tained by adding the entries on lines 49 to 53. The total of the
entries on lines 47 and 48 must check with the entry on line 1.
When this tabulation is completed, all cards from File 0-62 (One
Room, Rent of $4.99 and Loss - Code A, Owner) should be routed to
the process indicated below.
8. Sort all cards from File 0-62 (One Room, Monthly Rent
of $4.99 and Less - Code A, Owner) by NUMBER OF EXTRA FAMILIES into
the following groups:
No Extra Families
1 Extra Family
2 or More Extra Families
X. No Report on Extra Families
13543
52 -
11 3
CHECK THE SORTING OE THE CARTS. Count the cards in each group and
post on lines 56 to 56 and 54 of One Room column of Monthly Rent of
$4.99 and Less Section of Table 1115-2. CHECK THE COUNTING ANT TEE
POSTING. The entry for line 55 (Total Reports on Extra Families)
is obtained by adding the entries on lines 56 to 58. The total of
the entries on lines 54 and 55 must check with the entry on line 1.
Prepare a Tally Sheet and enter on it the Number of Persons
in Extra Families from the cards with 1 Extra Family and with 2 or
More Extra Families. It should be observed that there should be 2
entries in NUMBER OF PERSONS IN EXTRA FAMILIES section of the card
for units having 2 Extra Families in the unit. In such cases each of
these entries should be entered separately in the Tally. The Number
of Persons groups into which the Extra Families should be tallied are:
Extra Families of 1 Person
Extra Families of 2 Persons
Extra Families of 3 Persons
Extra Families of 4 Persons
Extra Families of 5 Persons Or More
Extra Families With No Report On Persons
CHECK THE TALLYING 0? THE CARTS. Post the results of the Tally on
lines 60 to 65 of One Room column, of Monthly Rent of $4.99 or Less
section of Table 11E-2. CHECK THE POSTING. The entry for line 59
(Total Number of Extra. Families) is obtained by adding the entries
in lines 60 to 65. After this tabulation is completed, the cards
from File 0-62 (One Room, Monthly Ftont of $4.99 and Less - Code A,
Owner) should be routed to the process indicated below.
9. Sort all cards from File 0-62 (One Room, Monthly P.ent
of $4.99 and Less - Code A, Owner) by CONDITION into the following
groups:
13543
- 33 -
11 R
Condition
After Posting Place in Pile No*
Good Condition
Minor Repairs
Major Repairs
Unfit for Use
No Report on Condition
0-71
0-72
0-73
0-74
0-75
CHECK TEE SORTING OP THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post on lines 68 to 71 and 66 of One Room column of Monthly Rent of
$4.99 and Less Section of Table 113-2. CHECK TEE COUNTING AND THE
POSTING. The entry for line 67 (Total Reports on Condition) is ob¬
tained by adding the entries on lines 68 to 71. The total of the
entries on lines 66 and 67 must check with the entry on line 1.
Place a rubber band around each of the Condition groups of One Room,
Monthly Rent of $4.99 and Less - Code A, Owner cards and place in
Files 0-71 to 0-75 as indicated above®
10. Carry through the procedure indicated in Paragraphs 2 to
9 on each of the Number of Rooms groups of Monthly Rent of $4.99 or
Less - Code A, Owner cards (Piles 0-63 to 0-70). The results should
be posted into the proper Number of Rooms column of Monthly Rent of
$4.99 or Less Section of Table 11B-2. After the tabulation for any
Number of Rooms group is completed, rubber bands should be placed
around Condition groups of cards and the cards placed in Piles 0-71
to 0-75 by Condition. The entries for Total column for Monthly Rent
of $4.99 or Less Section should be obtained by adding the correspond¬
ing entries in the Number of Rooms group columns.
11. In the manner indicated in Paragraph 1 to 10 withdraw
the cards for each of the remaining Monthly Rent .groups from the Pile
0-49 to 0-61. Sort the cards for each Rerrt group by Number of Rooms
13543
- 34 - 11 B
and place in Files 0-62 to 0-70. Enter the results in the proper
sections of Table 113. This tabulation must be carried thru
separately for each of the Monthly Rent groups and the cards for the
group routed out of Files 0-62 to C-70 before the tabulation of the
next group is started. After the tabulation of any Number of Rooms
- Monthly Rent group is completed, the card should have rubber bands
placed around them and they should be placed in Files 0-71 to 0-75 by
Condition group.
12. The entries for the Total section of Table 11E-1 are
obtained by adding the corresponding entries from the various Monthly
Rent Group sections of Table 11B-1 to 113-7. These entries must be
very carefully checked. Enter the figures from lines 1 to 18 (by
Type of Structure) of Total column of Total Owner Occupied units sec¬
tion of Table 113-1 into lines 1 to 18 of Table 11 column of Check
Sheet B. Enter the figures from lines 19 to 32 (by Number of Persons)
of this same column into lines 96 to 109 of Table 11 column of Check
Sheet 3). Enter the figures from lines 37 to 46 (by Duration of Occu¬
pancy) of this same column into lines 40 to 49 to Table 11 column of
Check Sheet 3. Enter figures from lines 47 to 53 (by Number of Chil¬
dren) of this sane column into lines 27 to 33 of Table 11 column of
Check Sheet 3. Enter the figures from lines 54 to 53 (by Number of
Extra Families) of this same column into lines 58 to 62 of Table 11
column of Check Sheet 3. Enter the figures from lines 66 to 71 (by
Condition) of this same column into lines 34 to 39 of Table 11 column
of Check Sheet 3. To obtain the entry for line 111 (Total Reports on
Rent) of Check Sheet 3 add the entries on lines 112 to 123. These
entries into Check Sheet B must check with the corresponding entries
from previous tables.
13543
- 35 - 11 B
While all cards for Owner Occupied Units will have "been
routed into Files 0-71 to 0-75 "by Condition, if, after entry on
Check Sheet B, it is found necessary to retabulate any section of
Table HE, it will be found that the Number of Rooms - Monthly Rent
Group cards in each Condition file are segregated by rubber bands
and the previous files can be reestablished with ease.
TABLE 12
1. This Table presents a breakdown of Dwelling Units by
Occupancy, by Condition, by Plumbing Equipment and Number of Children.
There is only one page to this Table and the data for Owner Occupied
Units are entered on lines 30 to 37 of the "Owner Occupied Units" sec¬
tion of the Table.
2. Withdraw all cards from File 0-71 (Good Condition, Owner).
Remove the rubber bands from the cards. Sort these cards by PLUMBING
EQUIPMENT into the following groups::
A. At Least 2 Toilets and 2 Bathing Units
B. At Least 2 Toilets and 1 Bathing Unit
C. 1 Toilet and at least 1 Bathing Unit
D. At Least 1 Toilet but less than 1 Bathing Unit
E. Shared Toilet -and Running Water
P. Shared Toilet but no Running Water
G. No Toilet but with Running Water
H. No Toilet and No Running Water
X. No Report on Plumbing
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARES. Count the cards in each group and
post on lines 23 to 30 and 21 of column 1 (Good Condition) of Owner
Occupied section of Table 12. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING.
Obtain the entry for line 22 (Total Reports on Plumbing) by adding
the entries on lines 23 to 30. Obtain the entry for line 20 (Total
All Units) by adding the entries on lines 21 and 22. Enter the figure
13543
- 36 - 12 B
from line 20 (Total All Units) of column 1 (Good Condition) of
Owner Occupied section of Table 12 into line 36 of Table 12 column
of Check Sheet B where it must check with the corresponding entry
from previous tables. After this tabulation is completed the cards
from file 0-71 (Good Condition, Owner) should be routed to the tabu¬
lation indicated below.
3. Sort all cards from file 0-71 (Good Condition, Owner)
by NUMBER Of CHILDREN IN THE UNIT. This NUMBER Of CHILDREN item is
determined by adding all persons in the "Persons Under 1 Year," "1 to 4
Years," "5 to 9 Years," and "10 to 14 Years" groups of NUMBER AND AGE
Of ALL PERSONS section of the card. When persons by age group is re¬
ported but "0" is entered at each one of the age groups indicated above
the unit is counted as "No Children." If the age of persons is report¬
ed the unit is counted as "No Report on Children." The groups into
which the cards aro to be sorted are:
No Children
1 Child
2 Children
3 or 4 Children
5 Children or More
No Report on Children
CHECK TEE SORTING OF TEE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post on lines 33 to 37 ana 31 of column. 1 (Good Condition) of Owner
Occupied section of Table 12. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING.
Obtain the entry for line 32 (Total Reports on Children) by adding
the entries on lines 33 to 37. The total of the entries on lines 51
and 32 must check with the entry on line 20. After this tabulation
is completed these cards should be returned to Pile 0-71 (Good Con¬
dition, Owner).
13543
- 37 -
12 B
4. In the manner indicated in paragraphs 2 and 3, withdraw
the cards for each of the remaining Condition groups from the File
(0-72 to 0-75): Tabulate each Condition Croup separately by Plumb¬
ing Equipment and Number of Children. Post the results in the proper
columns of lines 20 to 37 of Owner Occupied section of Table 12 and
return the cards to Piles 0-72 to 0-75 by Condition. Obtain the en¬
tries for Total column by adding the corresponding entries in all
groups columns. The entries in this Total column must be carefully
checked. Enter the figure from line 20 cf the Total column of Owner
Occupied section -of Table 12 into line 1 of Table 12 column of Check
Sheet B; enter figures from lines 21 to 30 of Total column into lines
63 to 72 of Table 12 column of Check Sheet B; enter figures from
lines 31 to 37 of Total column into lines 27 to 33 of Table 12 column
of Check Sheet B. To obtain the entry for line 35 Total Reports on
Condition, add lines 36 to 39 on the Check Sheet. All of these entries
into Check Sheet B must check with the corresponding entries from
previous tables.
TABLE 13-3
1. This Table presents a breakdown of Owner Occupied Dwelling
Units by Condition, by Number of Persons Per Room, by Number of
Roomers and by Number of Persons in each Age group. There is one sec¬
tion to this Table which is "Table 13-3, Owner Occupied Units". Enter
the proper headings at the top of a "Table 13 , " form.
2. Withdraw all cards from Pile 0-71 (Good Condition, Owner).
Sort these cards by NUMBER 0? PERSONS PER ROOM into the following
groups:
13543
38 -
13 3
Number of Persons Per Room After posting Place in Pile No
A. .50 or less
3. .51 to .75
C. .76 to 1.00
P. 1.01 to 1.50
E, 1.51 to 2.00
P. 2.01 or more
X. No report on Persons
Por Roon
0-76
0-77
0-78
0-79
0-80
0-81
0-82
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
enter the results on lines 22 to 27 and 20 of Total Number of Dwell¬
ing Units column of Table 13-B. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING.
Obtain the entry for line 21 (Total Reports on Persons Per Room) by-
adding the entries on lines 22 to 27. Obtain the entry for line 19
by adding the entries on lines 20 and 21. Enter the figure fron line
19 (in Good Condition) of Total Number of Dwelling Units column of
Table 13-3 into line 36 of Table 13 column of Check Sheet 3, where
it must check with the corresponding entry fron previous tables. The
cards for Good Condition, Owner Units should now be placed in File
0-76 to 0-82 by Number of Persons Por B.oon.
Per Room - Code A, Good Condition, Owner). Sort these cards by
NUMBER OF ROOMERS into the following groups:
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
enter the res^ilts on Line 22 of the proper column of Number of Roomers
section of Table 133. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The total
3. Withdraw all cards from File 0-76 (.50 or Less Persons
No Roomers
1 Roomer
2 Roomers
3 or 4 Roomers
5 to 10 Roomers
11 Roomers or More
No Renort on Roomers
13543
- 39 - 13 3
of the entries in Number of Roomers columns must check with the entry
in Total Number of Dwelling Units column. After this tabulation is
completed, the cards in Rile 0-76 should te routed to the tabulation
indicated below.
4. Sort all cards from File 0-76 (.50 or Less Persons Per
Room - Code A, Good Condition, Owner) by completeness of reports on
FUMRER AND AGE OF ALL PERSONS. The groups into which the cards should
be sorted are:
Reports on Age of Persons (Cards on which number and age of all
persons is completely reported.)
No Reports on Age of Persons (Cards on which number and age of all
persons is not completely reported.)
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
enter the results on Line 22 of Number of Units section in the center
of Table 13 B. CHECK TEE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The total of the
entries of these 2 columns must check with the entry in Total Number
of Dwelling Units column. Using only the cards with complete reports
on number and age of persons enter the number of persons in each age
group on a tally sheet, similar to the form shown below.
OCCUPANCY _
TALLY SHEET for cards on which the number and age
of all persons is completely reported.
CONDITION GROUP ... PERSONS PER ROOM CODE
Persons
Under
1 Year
Persons
1 to 4
Years
Persons
5 to 9
Years
Persons
10 to 14
Years
■
Persons
15 to 19
Years
Persons
20 to 64
Years
Persons
65 Years
and Over
13543
- 40 -
After the cards have been entered total each Column of the tally sheet
and enter the results on Line 22 in the proper columns of Number of
Persons by Age Group section of Table 133, Obtain a total of the
total number of persons in unit from the cards, It will bo most con¬
venient to obtain this total on an adding machine. Check this total
with the sium of the persons by age group entries. After this tabula¬
tion is completed, the 'cards from File 0-76 should have a rubber band
placed around them and they should be placed in File 0-83 (.50 or Less
Persons Per Room).
5. Withdraw all cards from File 0-77 (.51 to .75 Persons Per
Room - Code B, Good Condition, Owner). Tabulate by Number of Roomers
and by Persons by Age Group as indicated in Paragraphs 3 and 4 above,
and enter the results in the proper columns of'1 Line 23 of Table 13B.
After this tabulation is completed, these cards should have a rubber
band placed around them and they should be placed in File 0-84 (.51 to
.75 Persons Per Room).
6. Withdraw all cards from File 0-78 (.76 to 1.00 Persons Per
Room - Code C, Good Condition, Owner). Tabulate by Number of Roomers
and by Persons by Age Group as indicated in Paragraph 3 and 4 above,
and enter the results in the proper columns of Line 24 of Table 133.
After this tabulation is completed, these cards should have a lubber
band placed around then and they should be placed in File 0-85 (.76 to
1.00 Persons Per Room).
7. Withdraw all cards from File 0-79 (1.01 to 1.50 Persons Per
Room - Code D, Good Condition, Owner). Tabulate by Number of Roomers
and by Persons by Age Group as indicated in Paragraph 3 and
13543
- 41 -
4 above, and enter the results in the proper columns of Line 25 of Table
13B, After this tabulation is completed, these cards should have a rub¬
ber band placed around them and they should be placed in Pile 0-36 (1.01
to 1.50 Persons Per Poom),
8. Withdraw all cards from Pile 0-80 (1.51 to 2.00 Persons
Per Room - Code E, Good Condition, Owner). Tabulate by Number of Room¬
ers and by Persons by Age Group as indicated in Paragraph 3 and 4 above,
and enter the results in the proper columns of Line 26 of Table 13B.
After this tabulation is completed, these cards should have a rubber
band placed around them and they should be placed in Pile 0-87 (1.51
to 2,00 Persons Per Room).
9. Withdraw all cards from Pile 0-81 (2.01 Persons Per Room
or More - Code P, Good Condition, Owner). Tabulate by Number of
Roomers and by Persons by Age Group as indicated in Paragraph 3 and 4
above, and enter the results in the proper columns of Line 27 of Table
13B. After this tabulation is completed, these cards should have a
rubber band placed around them and they should be placed in Pile 0-88
(2.01 Persons Per Room or More).
10. Withdraw all cards from File 0-82 (No Report on Persons Per
Room - Code X, Good Condition, Owner). Tabulate by Number of Roomers and
by Persons by Age Group as indicated in Paragraph 3 and 4 above, and enter
the results in the proper columns of Line 20 of Table 13B. After this
tabulation is completed, these cards should have a rubber band placed
around them and they should be placed in Pile 0-89 (No Report on Persons
Per Room),
13543
15 3
11. Obtain the entries for line 21 of each of the columns "by
adding the corresponding entries on Lines 22 to .27. Obtain the entries
for Line 19 "by adding the corresponding entries on Lines 20 and 21.
12. In the manner indicated in Paragraphs 2 to 11 withdraw
the cards from 0-72 to 0-75 (Owner Occupied Units "by Condition). Sort
each of these Condition groups "by NUM3ER OP PERSONS PER ROOM; place
cards in Piles 0-76 to 0-82. Then tabulate each Number of Persons
Per Room - Condition group by Number of Roomers and by Age of all
Persons and enter the results on the proper lines of Table 13E. This
tabulation should be carried thru separately for each Condition group.
After the tabulation of any group is completed, the cards should have
a rubber band placed around then and they should be placed into Piles
0-83 to 0-89 (Owner Occupied Units by Number of Persons Per Room).
13. The entries for Lines 1 to 9 (Total section by Number of
Persons Per Room) are obtained by adding the corresponding entries in
each of the Condition sections of the table. The total of the entries
on lines 4 to 9 must check with the entry on line 3 and the total of
the entries on lines 2 and 3 must check with the entry on line 1.
Enter the figure from line 1 of Total Number of Dwelling Units column,
of Table 133 into line 1 of Table 13 column of Check Sheet 3. Also
enter the figures from lines 2 to 9 of Total Number of Dwelling Units
column of Table 13B into lines 19 to 2b of Table 13 column of Check
Sheet E. If not already done, enter the figures from lines 10, 19, 23,
37 and 46 of Total Number of Dwelling Units column of Table 133 into
Lines 34 and 36 to 39 of Table 13 column of Check Sheet B. The entry
for line 35 of Check Sheet 3 is obtained by adding the entries on
lines 36 to 39. Also enter the figures from Line 1 of Number of
13543
- 43 - 13 S
Roomers columns of Tabic 13B into Linos 50 and 52 to 57 of Table 13
column of Check Shoot B, obtain the entry for line 51 by adding the
entries on lines 52 to 57. Those entries into Check Sheet 3 must
check with the corresponding entries from previous tables. While all
cards for Owner Occupied units will have been routed into Files 0-83
to 0-89 by PERSONS PER ROOM, if after entry on Chock Sheet 3, it is
found necessary to retabulate any section of Table 133, it will be
found that the Condition groups of cards in each Person per Room file
are segregated by rubber bands and the previous files can be reestab¬
lished with ease.
TABLE 14
1. This Table presents a breakdown of Dwelling Units by Occu¬
pancy, by Number of Persons Per Room, by Dumber of Extra Families.
There is only one page to this Table and the data for Owner Occupied
Units are presented on linos 7 to 12.
2. Withdraw all cards from File 0-83 (.50 or Less Persons
Per Room - Code A, Owner). Remove the rubber bands from the cards.
Sort these cards by NUMBER OF EXTRA FAMILIES into the following groups:
No Extra Families
1 Extra Family
2 or more Extra Families
No report on Extra Families
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on lines 10 to 12 and 8 of Column A (.50 or Less), of Table 14. CHECK
THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for line 9 (Total Reports on
Extra Families) is obtained by adding the entries of lines 10 to 12.
The entry for lino 7 is obtained by adding the entries on lines 8 and 9.
Enter the figure from line 7 of Column A (.50 or Less) of Table 14 into
line 21 of Table 14 column of Checv Sheet E where it must check-with the
13543
- 44 -
14
corresponding entry from previous tables. After this tabulation is com¬
pleted return the cards to Pile 0-83 (.50 or Less Persons Per Room -
Code A, Owner).
3. Carry through the procedure indicated in paragraph 2 with
each of the other Number of Persons Per Room, Owner groups of cards
(Files 0-84 to 0-89). Enter the results in lines 7 to 12 of the
proper columns of Table 14 and also enter the proper figures into
Check Sheet 3. To obtain the entry for line 20 of Chock Sheet B add
the entries on lines 21 to 25. After the tabulation of any Number of
Persons Per Room group is completed the cards should be returned to the
proper file (0-84 to 0-69).
4. The entries for Total column are. obtained by adding the
corresponding entries in all of the Number of Persons Per Room
columns. These figures must be very carefully checked. Enter the
figures from lines 7 and 8 to 12 of Total column of Table 14 into
lines 1 and 58 to 62 of Table 14 column of Check Sheet 3 where they
must check with the corresponding entries for previous tables.
5. The cards for Owner Occupied Units should be held in file
0-83 to 0-89 (by Persons per Room) until all dwelling unit tables are
completed as explained in Part VI. Then they should be sorted and
filed by blocks.
13543
TABULATION INSTRUCTIONS POP DWELLING- SURVEY
PART IV
\
Tables for Tenant Occupied Units
" Table 7-0 to Table 14
Prepared by: Office of Statistical Coordinator, FE2A
Division of Economics and Statistics, PHA
June 1, 1335
TABULATION INSTHUCTIONS FOE D7/ELLING SURVEY
FAEI IV
Tables For Tenant Occupied Units
Table 7-0 to Table 14
Introduction
Part IV presents the Tabulation Instructions for Table 7-C to
Table 11-C, 1Z-C and the Tenant Section of Tables 12 and 14 and is
based on the cards for Tenant Occupied Dwelling Units only. This
tabulation should be .carried forward after work has been completed
on the Block Tabulation, (Part I), and on the Structure Tables 1
to 6, (Part II).. The cards at this point are to be found in files
by Occupancy and under Occupancy by Type of Structure as noted at
the end of Part II, Tabulation Instructions. Before proceeding
with the taDulation of this part re-read carefully the introductory
section of Part I and II. It is not necessary to complete the work
on Part IV before proceeding with this tabulation.
Filing System "or Ca^us for Tenant Occupied Units
After the sort indicated on the last nagc o^ Part II of Tabu¬
lation Instructions is comoletcd the cards for Tenant Occupied Units
will be in the following files by Type of Structure.
Type of Structure File Number
Single Family Detached T-l
Single Family Attached T-2
Two Family, Side by Side T-3
Two Family, Two Decker T-4
Throe Family, Three Decker T-5
Four Family, Double Two Decker T-6
Apartment, 5 to 9 Units 1-7
Apartment, 10 to 19 Units T-8
13543
- 2 -
Type of Structure File Number
Apartment, 20 to 39 Units T-9
Apartment, 40 Units or More 1-10
Business with Residential T-ll
Other Non-Converted T-12
Partially Converted 1-13
Completely Converted T-14
No Report on Type T-15
Each separate Type of Structure group will he routed into the
following files during the process of tabulating Table 7-C. In
each case the cards for a particular Type of Structure will be
placed in this file and during the process of tabulation will be
removed from the file and placed back into Rile T-l to T-15 by
Type of Structure.
Number of Persons per Room Rile Number
A.
.50 or Less
T-l 6
B •
.51 to .75
T-^7
C.
.75 to 1.00
T-l 8
D,
1.01 to 1.50
T-19
S.
1.53. to 2.00
T-20
F
2.01 or More
T-21
X.
No revert on Persors ner Room
T-22
After the tabulation of Table 7-C is completed the cards for
each Type of Structure will be routed into tho following files dur¬
ing the process of tabulating Table 3-C. In each case the cards for
a particular Type of Structure will be placed in this file and dur¬
ing the process of tabulation will be removed from the file and
placed back into File T-l to T-15 by Type of Structure.
Condition ox Structure File Number
Good Condition T-23
Miner P.epairs T-24
Major P.epairs T-25
Unfit for Use T-25
No Report on Condition T-27
13543
- 3 -
Daring the jirDcr.es of the first tribulation of Table 9-C the
cards for each Type of Structure will be sorted by Dumber of Per¬
sons in Unit and routed into the following file. The cards will be
held, in this file until all cards for Tenant Occupied Units are in
the files.
Number of Persons in Dwelling Units Pile Number
1
Person
T-2S
2
Persons
T-29
3
Persons
T-30
4
Persons
T-31
5
Persons
T-32
6
Persons
T-33
7
Persons
T-34
8
Persons
T-35
9
Persons •
T-36
10
Persons
T-37
11
Persons or More
T-38
No
Report on Persons
T-59
During the process of tabulating Table 9-C the cards for each
Number of Persons in Unit group will be withdrawn from Piles T-28 to
T-39 indicated above; sorted by Plumbing Equipment and routed into
the following files by Plumbing Equipment. The cards will be held
in these files until all cards for Tenant Occupied Units are arranged
in the order indicated.
Plumbing Equipment Pile Number
A.
At least 2 Toilets &
2 Bathing Units
T-40
B.
At least 2 Toilets &
1 Bathing Unit
T-41
G.
One Toilet and at least
1 Bathing Unit
T-4-2
D.
At least 1 Toilet but
loss than 1 Bath
T-43
E.
Shared Toilet and Running
Rater
T-44
P.
Shared Toilet but no
Running Water
T-45
G.
No Toilet but with
Running Water
T-46
13543
- 4 -
PlumeIng Pguirment Pile Number
H. No Toilet and no
Sunning Water T-47
X. IIo Report on Plumbing T-48
During the process of tabulating Table 10-C the cards for
each Plumbing Equipment group will be withdrawn from the files indi¬
cated above and returned to the following files by Monthly Pent
group. The cards will be cumulated in these files until all cards
for Tenant Occupied Units are arranged by Monthly Rent group.
Monthly Rent
Pile Number
A.
$4.99
and Less
T-49
3.
5.00
to 9.99
T-50
C.
10.00
to 14.99
T-51
D.
15.00
to 19.99
T-52
S.
20.00
to 24.99
T-53
P.
25.00
to 29.99
T-54
Cr.
30.00
to 39.99
T-55
E.
40.00
to 49.99
1-56
I.
50.00
to 74.99
T-57
J.
75.00
to 99.99
T-58
K.
100.00 to 149.99
T-59
L.
150.00 or More
T-6.0
X.
No Report on Sent
T-51
During the process of tabulating the remainder of Table 10-C
the cards for each Monthly Pent group will be withdrawn from the
file and returned to the file in the same order. In the process of
tabulating Table li-C the cards for each Monthly Pent group indi¬
cated above will be withdrawn from the file and placed in the file
by Number of Scorns as indicated below.
Number of Rooms in Unit Pile Number
1 Room T-62
2 Rooms T-63
3 Rooms T-64
4 Rooms T-65
5 Rooms T-6S
6 Rooms T-67
- 5 -
Jvuri■'-!r of Rooms in Unit rile Number
7 Rooms T-68
8 Rooms or More T-6S
No Report on Rooms T-70
^he cards for each Monthly Rent - Room group wil] he tabulated
on Table 11-C. After this tabulation is completed the cards v/ill be
placed in the file indicated below a.nd cumulated until cards for all
Tenant Occupied Units are arranged by Condition of Structure.
Condition of Structure File Number
G-ood Condition 1-71
Minor Repairs T-72
Major Repairs T-73
Unfit for Use T-74
No Report on Condition T-75
The cards for each Condition group vtill bo withdrawn from the
file, sorted by Persons per Room and placed in File T-76 to T-82 in¬
dicated below.. While in this order the cards for each Condition -
Number of Persons per Room group will be tabulated on Table 13-C.
This file (T-76 to T-82) is a working file and will be used for a
particular Condition group only. After the tabulation of a partic¬
ular Condition - Number of Persons per Room group is completed, the
cards will be routed into the permanent fixe (T-83 to T-89) by
Number of Persons per Room. The cards from the pfermanent file will
be routed into tabulation of Table 14 by Number of Persons per Room
and returned to the file in this same order.
Number of Persons Per Room Working Pile Permanent Pile
A, .50 or less T-76 T-S3
3. .51 to .75 T-77 T-S4
C. .76 to 1.00 T-78 T-85
D. 1.01 to 1.50 T-79 T-86
E. 1.51 to 2.00 T-80 T-R7
13543
- 6 -
Number of Persona Per Room Wording Nile Permanent File
P. 2.01 or More T-81 T-88
X. No Report on Persons
per Room 1-82 T-89
After the tables for all dwelling units have been completed as
indicated in Part VI, the cards should be sorted and filed by blocks.
A check Sheet should be prepared to assist in the cross-checking
of entries on the Table. This Check Sheet will be headed: "Check Sheet
C, Tenant Occupied Units." Enter the proper headings at the top of a
Check Sheet , " form.
TABLE 7-C
1. This Table presents a breakdown of Tenant Occupied Dwelling
Units by Type, by Number of Persons per Room, by Number of Children
in the Unit. There is one section to this Table which is "Table 7-C,
Tenant Occupied Units." The proper headings for this Table should be
placed at the top of a "Table 7 , " form.
2. Withdraw all cards from File T-l, (Single Family Detached,
Tenant). Sort these cards by NUMBER OF PERSONS PER ROOM into the
following groups:
Persons Per Room Group After Posting Place in File Number
A. .50 or less T-l6
33. .51 to .75 T-17
C. .75 to 1.00 T-18
D. 1.01 to 1.50 T-19
E. 1.51 to 2.00 T-20
F. 2.01 or more T-21
X. No Report on Persons Per Room T-22
CHECK TEE SORTING 0? THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
in lines 17, 25, 33, 41, 49, 57 and 9 of Single Family Detached column,
of Table 7-C. CHECK THE COUNTING AND POSTING. The Single Family De¬
tached, Tenant cards should be kept separate by person per room groups
13543 ' 7-C
- 7 -
and placed in Pile T-16 to T-22 as noted above.
3. Withdraw all cards from Pile T-16 (Single Family Detached,
Tenant, .50 or Less Persons Per Room - Code A). Sort these groups by
Number of Children in the Unit. This Number of Children item is deter¬
mined by. adding all persons on the "Under 1 Year", "1 to 4 Years",
"5 to 9 Years", and "10 to 14 Years" lines of the NUMBER OP ACE OP ALL
PERSONS section of the card. When the age of persons in the dwelling
unit is reported, but "0" is entered in all of the age groups indicated
above, the unit is counted as "No Children." If the age of persons is
not reported the unit is counted as "No Report On Children". The groups
into which cards are to be sorted, are:
No Children
1 Child
2 Children
3 or 4 Children
5 Children or More
No Report On Children.
CHECK THE SORTING- OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on lines 20 to 24 and 18 of Single Family Detached column of Table 7-C.
CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. Obtain the entry for line 19
(Total Reports on Children) by adding the entries in lines 20 to 24.
The total of the entries on lines 18 and 19 must check with the entry
on line 17. If this addition fails to check it will be necessary to
rechcck the tabulation. Place rubber bands around each of the separate
Number of Children groups and return the cards to File T-l (Single
Family Detached, Tenant).
4. Withdraw all cards from File T-17 (Single Family Detached,
Tenant, .51 to .75 Persons Per Room - Code S). Tabulate by Number of
Children groups in the same manner indicated in paragraph 3 above.
Post results on lines 26 to 32 of the Single Family Detached column
13543 7-C
- 8 -
and return the cards to File T-l (Single Family Detached, Tenant).
5. Withdraw all cards from File T-13 (Single Family Detached,
Tenant, .76 to 1.00 Persons per Room - Code C). Tabulate "by Number of
Children groups in the same manner as indicated in paragraph 3 above.
Post results on lines 34 to 40 of tne Single Family Detached column
and return the cards to File T-l (Single Family Detached, Tenant).
6. Withdraw all cards from File T-19 (Single Family Detached,
Tenant, 1.01 to 1.50 Persons Per Room - Code D). Tabulate by Number
of Children groups in the same manner as indicated in paragraph 3
above. Post results on Line 42 to 48 of the Single Family Detached
column and return the cards to File T-l (Single Family Dete.ched,
Tenant).
7. Withdraw all cards from File T--20 (Single Family Detached,
Tenant, 1.51 to 2.00 Persons Per Room - Code E). Tabulate by
Number of Children groups in the same manner as indicated in paragraph
3 above. Post results on line 50 to 56 of the Single Family Detached
column and return the cards to File T-l (Single Family Detached, Tenant).
8. Withdraw all cards from File T-21 (Single Family Detached,
Tenant, 2.01 or more Persons Per Room - ^ode F). Tabulate by Number
of Children groups in the same manner as indicated in paragraph 3
above. Post results on lines 58 to 64 of the Single Family Detached
column and return the cards to File T-l (Single Family Detached, Tenant).
9. Withdraw all cards from File T-22 (Single Family Detached,
Tenant, No Report on Persons per Room - Code X). Tabulate by Number
of Children groups in the same manner as indicated in paragraph 3 above.
Post results on lines 10 to 16 of the Single Family Detached column and
return the cards to File T-l (Single Family Detached, Tenant).
13543
- 9 -
7-C
10. Obtain the entries for lines 1 to 8 (Number of Children grouus
for Total - All persons per Room Group section) of Single Family Detached
column by adding the corresponding entries in each of the Persons per
Room Group sections. The total of the entries on lines 4 to 8 must check
with the entry on line 3, and the total of the entries on lines 2 and 3
must check with the entry on line 1. After this process is completed, all
cards for Single Family Detached, Owner Units will have been returned to
File T-l; and Files T-16 to T-S2 will be vacant.
11. In the manner indicated in paragraphs 2 to 10, withdraw the cards
for each of the remaining Tenant Occupied Type of Structure groups from
Files T-2 to T—15; sort each Type of Structure Group by Persons Per Room;
place cards in Files T-16 to T-22; tabulate by NUMBER OF CHILDREN: and enter
results in the proper column of Table 7-C. This tabulation must be car¬
ried. forward separately for each Type of Structure group. After tabulation
for any type is completed the hards should be returned to Files T-2 to T-15.
12. Obtain the entries for column 7A (Apartment - Total) by adding
the corresponding entries in columns 7B, 7C, 7D, and 7E (Apartment by Size
Groups columns). The Total Reports on Children entry for each Persons
Per Room Group must check with the total of the Number of Children groups
and the Total Reports on Children plus No Report on Children must check
with the total in each Persons Per Room group.
13. In a manner similar to that indicated in paragraph 12 obtain
the entries for Total All Units column by adding the entries in columns
X, 1 to 6, 7A, 8 to 11 (columns 7B, 7C, 7D, 7E must be omitted from this
total). These entries should be checked in a manner similar to that in¬
dicated in paragraph 12.
13543 7-C
- 10 -
14. Enter the figures from line 1 of Table 7-C by Type of Struc¬
ture into lines 1, 2, and 4 to 18 of Table 7 column of Check Sheet C,
and obtain the entry for Line 3 of check sheet C by adding the entries
on lines 4 to 10 and 15 to 18. Also enter the figures from lines 9,
17, 25, 33, 41, 49, and 57 of Total column into lines 19 and 21 to 26
of Table 7 column of Check Sheet C. The entry for line 20 of Check
Sheet C should be obtained by adding the entries on lines 21 to 26.
The sum of entries on lines 19 and 20 should check with the entry on
line 1 of the Check Sheet. Also enter figures from lines 2 to 8 of
Total All Units column into lines 27 to 33 of Table 7 column of Check
1
Sheet C. This completes the tabulation of Table 7-C. After this tabu¬
lation has been completed all of the cards for Owner Units will have
been restored to Eiles T-l to T-15 by Type of Structure. If, any section:
of this table fail to check it will be found that the cards in each Type
of Structure Eile are in groups by Number of Children segregated by
rubber bands, and it will be possible to reestablish any desired file.
TABLE 8-0
1. This table presents a breakdown of Tenant Occupied Dwelling
Units by Type, by Condition, by Duration of Occupancy. There is one
section to this table which is: "Table 8-C, Tenant Occupied Units".
The proper headings for this Table should be placed at the top of
"Table 8 , " form.
2. Withdraw all cards from File T-l (Single Family Detached,
Tenant). Remove the rubber bands and sort theso cards by CONDITION
into the following groups:
13543
11 -
Table 5-C (Cont'd)
Condition
After Posting Place in file Number
Good Condition
Minor Repairs
Major Repairs
Unfit for Use
T-23
T-24
T-25
T-26
T-27
No Renort on Condition
CHECK THE SORTING- OE THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on lines 23, 34, 45, 56 and 12 of the Single Family Detached column of
Table 8-C. CHECK THE COUNTING ANT THE POSTING. Obtain the entry for
line 1 by adding the entries on lines 12, 23, 34, 45 and 56. Enter
the figure from line 1 of Single Family Detached column into line 4
of the Table S column of Check Sheet C where it must check with the
corresponding entry from the previous Table. The cards for Single
Family Detached, Tenant Units should now be returned to the file where
they should be placed in File T-25 to T-27 as noted above.
3. Withdraw all cards from File T-23 (Single Family Detached,
Tenant, Good Condition). Sort these cards by DURATION OF OCCUPANCY
into the following groups:
CHECK TEE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post on lines 26 to 33 and 24 of Single Family Detached column of
Table 8-C. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. Obtain the entry for
line 25 (Total Reports en Duration) by adding the entries in lines 26
to 33. The total of the entries on lines 24 and 25 must check with
A. Less than 6 months
B. 6 months - 11 months
C. 1 year - 1 year, 11 months
D. 2 years - 2 years, 11 months
S. 3 years - 4 years, 11 months
F. 5 years - 9 years, 11 mouths
G. 10 years - IS years, 11 months
F. 20 years or more
X. No Report on Duration
13543 8-C
- 12 -
the entry on line 23. If this addition fails to check, it will "be
necessary to re-check the tabulation. Place rubber bands around each
of the separate Duration of Occupanpy groups and return all of the
cards to Pile 1-1 (Single Family Detached, Tenant).
4. Withdraw all cards from File T-24. (Single Family Detached,
Tenant, Minor Repairs). Tabulate by Duration of Occupancy groups in
the same manner as indicated in paragraph 3 above and enter results
on lines 35 to 44 of the Single Family Detached column. Return the
cards to Pile 1-1 (Single Family Detached, Tenant).
5. Withdraw all cards from Pile T-25 (Single Family Detached,
Tenant, Major Repairs). Tabulate by Duration of Occupancy in the same
manner as indicated in paragraph 3 and enter results on lines 46 to 55
of the Single Family Detached column. Return cards to File 1-1 (Single
Family Detached, Tenant).
6. Withdraw all cards from File T_g6 (Single Family Deta.ch.ed,
Tenant, Unfit for Use). Tabulate by Duration of Occupancy in the same
manner as indicated in paragraph 3 and enter results on lines 57 to 66
of the Single Family Detached column.. Return cards to File T-l (Single
Family Detached, Tenant).
7. Withdraw all cards from File 1-37 (Single Family Detached,
Tenant, Do Report on Condition). Tabulate by Duration of Occupancy in
the same manner as indicated in paragraph 3 and enter results on lines
13 to 22 of the Single Family Detached column of Table 3-C. Return
cards to File T-l (Single Family Detached, Tenant).
8. Obtain the entries for lines 2 to 11 by adding the corres¬
ponding entries in each of the Condition groups. The total of the en-
trios on lines 4 to 11 must check with the entry on line 3 and the
13543
- .13 -
e-c
total of the entries on lines 2 and 3 must check with the entry on
line 1. After this process is completed all cards for Single Family
Detached, Tenant Units will have been returned to File 1-1; and Files
T-23 to T.-27 will be vacant.
9. In the manner indicated in paragraph 2 to 3, withdraw the
cards for each of the remaining TYPE OF STRUCTURE groups from the file
(T-2 to T-15), sort each Type of Structure Groups by CONDITION, place
cards in Files T-23 to T-27, tabulate by Duration of Occupancy; enter
results in the proper columns of Table 8-C; and return the cards to
File T-2 to T-15. This tabulation must be carried forward separately
for each Type of Structure group.
10. Obtain the entries for Column 7-A (Apartment - Total) by
adding the corresponding entries in Columns 7-B, 7-0, 7-D and 7-E,
(Apartment by Sice Groups Columns). Enter the figure from line 1
column 7-A (Apartment - Total) into line 10 of the table 3 column of
Check Sheet C where it must check with the corresponding entry on the
previous table. The total Reports on Duration entry for each Condition
group must check with trie total of the Duration of Occupancy groups, and
the Total Reports on Duration plus No Report on Duration must check with
the Total All Units in each Condition group.
11. In a manner similar to that indicated in paragraph 10, obtain
the entries for Total All Units column by adding the entries in each of
the Type of Structure columns (excluding the Apartment by Size Group
columns). Enter the figure from line 1 of the Total column of Table 30
into line 1 of Check Sheet C where it must check with corresponding
entry from previous table. Obtain entry for line 3 of Check Sheet C "by
t
13543 8-C
354 . - 14 -
adding lines 4 to 10 and 15 to 18. The sum of entries on lines 2
and 3 must check with line 1 of the Check Sheet. These entries
should "be checked in a manner similar to that indicated in
paragraph 10.
12. Enter the figures from lines 12, 23, 34, 45 and 56 (by
Condition) of Total column of Table 8-C into lines 34 and 36 to 39
of Table 8 column of Check Sheet C. The entry for line 35 of Check
Sheet C should, be obtained by adding the entries on lines 36 to 39.
The sum of the entries on line 34 and 35 should check with the entry
on line 1 of the Check Sheet. Also enter figures from lines 2 to 11
(by Duration of Occupancy) of Total column of Table 8-C into lines
40 to .49 of Table 8 column of Check Sheet C.
This completes the tabulation of Table 8-C. If any sections of
this table fail to check it will be found, that the cards in each Type
of Structure file are in groups by Condition, segregated by rubber
bands, and it will be possible to reestablish any desired file.
TABLE 9-C
1. This Table presents a breakdown of Tenant Occupied Dwelling
Units by Dumber of Persons in Unit, by Type of Structure, Heating
Equipment, Lighting Equipment, Cooking Equipment, Refrigeration Equip¬
ment, Dumber of Roomers, Persons Per Room, and Plumbing Equipment.
There is one section to this table which is "Table 9-C, Tenant Occupied
Units." The proper heading should be placed at the top of a "Table 9
, "form.
2. Withdraw all cards from Pile T-l (Single Family Detached,
Tenant)..
13543
- 15 -
9-C
Remove the rubber "bards and sort these cards "by NUMBER; OF PERSONS II
UNIT into the following groups:
CHECK THE SORTING- OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
in the proper columns of line 4 (Single Family Detached) of Table 9-C.
Obtain the total lumber of Persons in Unit with 11 or more persons and
enter in the right hand column of this line. This entry is obtained by
adding the number of persons reported on all cards with 11 or more
persons. CHECK THE COUNTING AID THE POSTING. Obtain the entry for
Total Number of Units column by adding the entries in each of the Number
of Persons in Unit columns, and do not include the entry from column
Total Number of Persons in Unit with 11 or more Persons in this total.
Enter this figure also onto line 4 (Single Family Detached) of Table 9
column of Check Sheet C, where it must check with the corresponding
entry from previous tables. Single Family Detached Tenant Unit cards
should now be returned to the file where they should be placed in Files
T-28 to T-3S, by NUMBER OF PERSONS IN UNIT, as noted above, with
rubber bands around each separate group.
3. In the manner indicated in paragraph 2, withdraw cards from
each of the remaining Type of Structure groups from the files (T-2 to
Number of Persons in Unit After Posting Place in File Number:
1 Person
2 Persons
3 Persons
4 Persons
5 Persons
6 Persons
7 Persons
8 Persons
5 Persons
10 Persons
T-28
T-29
T-30
T-31
T-32
T-33
T-34
T-35
T-36
T-37
T-33
T-39
11 Persons or More
X. No Report on Persons
13543 - 16 -
T-15); sort each Type ox Structure group by NUM3KR OP PERSONS IN
UNIT; tabulate; enter results on the proper line of Table 9-C, and
transcribe total to Check Sheet C. Then place cards in Piles T-28
to T-39 with rubber bands around each Type of Structure - Number
of Persons group. After this process is completed, all of the cards
for Tenant Units will have been Tabulated by NUMBER OF PERSONS III
UNIT and filed by NUMBER OF PERSONS IN UNIT in files T-28 to T-39.
4. Obtain the entries for line 10 (Apartment - Total) by add¬
ing the entries on lines 11 to 14; also obtain the entries for line
3 by adding the entries on lines 4 to 10, and 15 to 18; also obtain
the entries for line 1 by adding the entries on lines 2 and 3. The
entries for Total Number of Units column for lines 1, 3 and 10 are
obtained by adding the entries in all ox the Number of Persons in
Unit, columns. Enter the figures on lines 1, 3 and 10 of Total All
Units column into linos 1, 3 and 10 of Table 9 column of Chock Sheet
C, where they must check with the corresponding entries from previous
tables.
5. Withdraw all cards from File T-28 (One Person Unit, Tenant).
Remove the rubber bands and sort these cards by HEATING EQUIPMENT
into the following groups:
1. Central Steam or Hot Water
2. Central Warm Air
3. Other Installed
4. None Installed
X. No report on Heating
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post on lines 21 to 24 and 19 of One Person column of Table 9-C.
CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. Obtain the entry for line 20
13543 - 17 - 9-C
(Total Reports on Heating) "by adding the entries on lines 21 to
24. The total of the entries on lines 19 and 20 must check with
the entry on line 1. After this tabulation is completed the cards
from File T-28 (One Person Units, Tenant) should be routed to the
tabulation indicated below.
6. Sort all cards from File T-28 (One Person Units, Tenant)
by LIGHTING EQUIPMENT into the following groups:
1. Electric
2. Gas
3. Other
X. Ho Report on Lighting
CHECK TEE SORTING OF THE CARES. Count the cards in each gro "p and
t
post in lines 27 to 29 and 25 of the One Person column of Table 9-C.
CHECK THE COURTING ARE THE POSTING. Obtain the entry for line 26
(Total Reports on Lighting) by adding the entries on lines 27 to 29.
The total of the entries on lines 25 and 26 must check with the entry
on line 1. After this tabulation is completed the cards from File
T-28 (One Person Units, Tenant) should be routed to the tabulation
indicated below.
7. Sort all cards from file T-28 (One Person Units, Tenant)
by COOKING EQUIPMENT into the following groups:
1. Electric
2. Gas
3. Other Installed
4. None Installed
X. No Report on Cooking
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post in lines 32 to 35 and 30 of the One Person column of Table 9-C.
CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. Obtain the entry for line 31
(Total Reports on Cooking) by adding the entries on lines 32 to 35.
13543
- 18 -
9-C
The total of the entries on lines 30 anc1. 31 must chccK with the
entry on line 1. After this tabulation is completed the cards
from file T-28 (One Person Units, Tenant) should "be routed to
the tabulation indicated below.
8. Sort all cards from Pile T-28 (One Person Units, Ten¬
ant) by REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT into the following groups:
1. Electric
2. Gas
3. Ice
4. None
X. No Report on Refrigeration
CHECK THE SORTING OP THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post on linos 38 to 41 and 36 o.f the One Person column of Table
9-C. The entry for line 37 (Total Reports on Refrigeration) is ob¬
tained by adding the entries on lines 3o to 41. The totals of the
entries on lines 36 and 37 must check with the entry on line 1.
After this tabulation is completed, the cards from Pile T-28 (One
Person Units, Tenant) should be routed to the tabulation indicated
below.
9. Sort all cards from Pile T-28 (One Person Units, Tenant)
by NUMBER OP ROOMERS into tne following groups:
No Roomers
1 Roomer
2 Roomers
5 Roomers
4 Roomers
5 Roomers
6 Roomers
7 Roomers
8 Roomers
9 Roomers
10 Roomers
11 Roomers or More
No Report on Roomers
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARES. Gount the cards in each group and
13543
- 19 -
post in linos 44 to 55 and 42 of the One Person column of Table
9-C. The entry for line 43 (Total Reports on Roomers) is ob¬
tained by adding the entries on linos 44 to 55# The total of the
entries on lines 42 and 43 must check with the entry on line 1.
After this tabulation is completed the cards from Pile T-28 (One
Person Units, Tenant) should be routed to the tabulation indicated
below.
10. Sort the cards from File T-28 (One Person Units, Tenant)
by PLUMBING- EQUIPMENT into the following groups:
Plumbing Equipment After Posting Place in File No.
A.
At least 2 Toilets and 2 Bathing Units
T-40
B.
At least 2 Toilets and 1 Bathing Unit
T—41
C.
One Toilet and at least 1 Bathing Unit
T-42
D.
At least 1 Toilet but less than 1 Bathing Unit
T-43
E.
Shared Toilet and Running Water
T-44
F.
Shared Toilet but no Running Water
T-45
G.
No. Toilet but .vith Running Water
T-46
H.
No Toilet and No Running Water
T-47
X.
No Report on Plumbing
T-48
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post in lines 66 to 73 and 64 of the One Person column of Table 9-C.
The entry for line 65 (Total Reports on Plumbing) is obtained by add¬
ing the entries on lines 65 to 73. The total of the entries on lines
64 and 65 must check with the entries on line 1. These Plumbing
Equipment groups of One Person Units, Tenant cards should now have
rubber bands placed around each separate group, and the cards should
be placed in Files T-40 to T-43 as noted above.
11. In the manner indicated in paragraphs 5 to 10, withdraw the
cards for each of the remaining Number of Persons in Unit groups from
Filos T-29 to T-39; tabulate each group by HEATING- EQUIPMENT, LIGHTING
13543
- 20 -
9—C
EQUIPMENT, COOKING EQUIPMENT, REFRIGERATIOil EQUIPMENT, NUMBER
OP ROOMERS, and PLUMBING EQUIPMENT. After the tabulation by
PLUMBING EQUIPMENT for a particular Number of Persons in Unit
group is completed rubber bands should be placed around each
of the separate Plumbing Equipment groups and the cards placed,
in Piles T-40 to T-43, as indicated in paragraph 10. In tabu¬
lating the 11 Persons or More, Tenant units, it is necessary to
obtain the total of the Number of Persons in Units in each tabu¬
lation, in addition to the count of the cards in the group. The
Number of Persons in Units with 11 or More Persons is entered in
the column at the extreme right of the table.
12. The entries for Total Number of Units column are ob¬
tained by adding the corresponding entries in all of the Number
of Persons in Unit columns of the table. These entries must be
carefully checked. Lines 55 to 63 (Number of Persons Per Room),
of this table will be derived from tne NUMBER OF PERSONS section
of Table 11 C-l, and need not be tabulated from the Persons ?r
Room code given on the cards.
13. Enter the figures from line 1, Table 9-C, by NUMBER OF
PERSONS IN UNIT into lines 98 to 109 and 96 of Table 9 column of
Check Sheet C, To obtain the entry for line 97 of Chock Sheet C
add lines 98 to 108. Also enter figures from lines 19 to 41 (by
Heating, Lighting, Cooking and Refrigeration Equipment) of Total
All Units column of Table S-G into lines 73 to 95 of Table 9 col¬
umn Check Sheet C. Also enter figures from lines 42 to 46 and
line 55 (by Number of Roomers) of Total All Units column of Table
13543
- 21 -
9-C
9-C into lines 50 to 54 and 57 of Table 9 column of Chock; Sheet C.
The total of entries on lines 47 and 48 of Table 9-C should bo
entered into line 55 of Check Sheet C and the total of entries on
line 49 to 54 of Table 9-C should be entered into line 56 of Check
Sheet C. Also enber figures from lines 64 to 73 of Total All Units
column of Table 9-C into lines 63 to 72 of Table 9 column of Check
Sheet C. This completes the tabulation of Table 9-C. After this
tabulation is completed, the cards for Tenant Units will have been
filed by Plumbing Equipment groups in Files T-40 to T-48. If, after
the entry of the figures into Check Sheet C, it is found necessary
to retabulato any section of Table 9-C, it will be found that the
separate Number of Persons groups are segregated 'within each Plumb¬
ing Equipment file by rubber bands, aiJ that the previous file can
be easily re-established.
TABLE 1Q-C
1. This Tabl° presents a breakdown of Tenant Occupied Dwelling
Units by Monthly Rent Group, by Plumbing Equipment, Heating Equip¬
ment, Lighting Equipment, Cooking Equipment, Refrigeration Equip¬
ment, Year Built Group, Dumber of Roomers and Race of Household.
There is one section to this table which is "Table 10-C, Tenant Oc¬
cupied Units". The proper headings should be placed at the top of
a "Table 10_ . " form.
2. Withdraw all cards from File T-40 (At Least Two Toilets
And Two Bathing Units, Tenant). Sort those cards by MONTHLY RENT
into the following groups:
13543
- 22 -
1Q-C
Monthly Rent Group After Posting Place in File ho.
A. $ 4.99 and less T-49
3. $ 5.00 to 9.99 T-50
C. $ 10.00 to 14.99 T-51
0. $ 15.00 to 19.99 1-52
E. $ 20.00 to 24.99 T-53
F. $ 25.00 to 29.99 T-54
G. $ 30.00 to 39.99 T-55
H. $ 40.00 to 49.99 T-55
1. $ 50.00 to 74.99 T-57
J. $ 75.00 to 99.99 T-58
2. $100.00 to 149.99 T-59
L. $150.00 and over T-60
X. No report on rent T-61
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post in the proper Monthly Rent column of line 4 (At Least Two
Toilets and Two Bathing Units) of Table 10-C. CHECK THE COUNTING
AND THE POSTING. Obtain the entry for Total All Units column by
adding the corresponding entries in all of the Monthly Rent Columns.
Enter the figure from line 4 of Total All Units column of Table 10-c
into line 65 of Table 10 column of Check Sheet C, where it must check
with the corresponding entry from the previous table. Place a rubber
band around each of the separate Monthly Rent groups of At Least Two
Toilet and Two Bathing Units, Tenant cards and place in Files T-49
to T-61 by Rent Groups.
3. Carry through the procedure indicated in paragraph 2 on
each of the remaining Plumbing Equipment groups of Tenant cards
(files T-Al to T-48). The result should be posted into line, 2 and
5 to 11 of Table 10-C and the figures from Total All Units column
should be entered on line 6b to 72 and 63 of Table 10 column, of
Check Sheet C. After this tabulation is completed the cards will
have been sorted by Monthly Rent groups and placed in Files T-49 to
13543
- 23 -
10-C
T-61. The entries for line 3 are obtained by adding the corre¬
sponding entries on lines 4 to 11. The entries for line 1 are
obtained by adding the entries on lines 2 and 3. The entries
from lines 1 and 3 Total All Units column should be entered on
lines 1 and 64 of Check Sheet C where they should check with the
entries from previous tables.
4. Withdraw all cards from File T-49 (Monthly Rent of $4.99
and Less, - Code A Tenant). Remove the rubber bands from the cards.
Sort these cards by HEATING- EQUIPMENT into the following groups:
1. Central Steam or Hot Water
2. Central Warm Air
3. Other Installed
4. None Installed
X. No report oh Heating
CHECK THE SORTING- OF THE CARLS. Count the cards in each group and
post on linos 14 to 17 -and 12 of Column A. ($4.99 and less) of Table
10-C.
CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for lino 13 (Total
Reports on Heating) is obtained by adding the entries on lines 14
to 17. The total of the entries on linos 12 and 13 must check with
the entry on line 1. After the tabulation of this section is com¬
pleted the cards should be routed to the process indicated below.
5. -Sort all cards from File T-49 (Monthly Rent of $4.99 and
Less, - Code A Tenant) by LIGHTING EQUIPMENT into the following groups:
1. Electric
2. Gas
3. Other
X. No Report on Lighting
CHECK TEE SORTING OF THE CARES. Count the cards in such, group and
post on lines 20 to 22 and 18 of Column A. ($4.99 and less) of Table
13543
- 24 -
10-C
10-C. CHE IK TEE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. Obtain the entry for
line 19 (Total Reports on Lighting) "by adding the entries on lines
20 to 22. 'The totals of the entries on lines 18 and 19 must check
with the entry on line 1. After the tabulation of this section is
completed the cards should he routed to the process indicated "below.
6. Sort all cards from Pile T-49 (Monthly Rent of $4.99 and
less, - Code A, Tenant) by COOKING EQUIPMENT into the following groups:
1. Electric
2. Gas
3. Other installed
4. None installed
X. No report on cooking
CHECK THE SORTING OP THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
entor the results on lines 25 to 28 and. 23 of column A ($4.99 and
less) of Table 10-C. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry
for line 24 (Total Reports on Cooking) is obtained by adding the en¬
tries in lines 25 to 28. The total of the entries on line 23 and 24
must check with the- entry on line 1. After the tabulation of this
section is completed, the cards should be routed to the process in¬
dicated below.
7. Sort all cards from Pile T-49 (Monthly Rent of $4.99 and
Less, - Code A, Tenant) by REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT into the follow¬
ing groups:
1. Electric
2. Gas
3. Ice
4. None
X. No report on refrigeration
CHECK THE SORTING OP THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post on lines 31 to 34 and 29 of column A ($4.99 and less). CHECK THE
COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for line oO (Total Reports on
13543 - 25 - 10-C
Refrigeration) is obtained by adding the entries on lines 31 to 34.
The total of the entries on lines 29 and 30 must check with the entry
on line 1. After the tabulation of this section is completed, the
cards should be routed to the process indicated below.
8. Sort all cards from File T-49 (Monthly Rent of $4.99 and
Less, - Code A, Tenant) by YEAR BUILT, into the following groups:
A. 1935
3. 1930 - 1934
C. 1925 - 1929
D. 1920 - 1924
E. 1915 - 1919
F. 1905 - 1914
G. 1895 - 1904
H. 1885 - 1894
I. 1860 - 1884
J. 1659 or before
X. No report on year built
CHECK THE SORTING OF TEE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post" on lines 37 to 46 and 35 of column A ($4.99 and less) of Table
10-C. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for line 35
(Total Reports on Year Built) is obtained by adding the entries on
lines 37 to 46.. The total of the entries on lines 35 and 36 must
check with the entry on line 1. After the tabulation is completed,
the cards should be routed to the process indicated below.
9. Sort the cards from File T-49 (Monthly Rent of $4.99 and
Less, - Code A, Tenant) by NUMBER OF ROOMERS into the following groups:
No Roomers
1 Roomer
2 Roomers
3 or 4 Roomers
5 to 10 Roomers
11 Roomers or more
No report on roomers
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each groxp? and
post on lines 49 to 54 and 47 of column A (4.99 and less) of Table
13543
- 26 -
10-C. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for line 48
(Total Reports on Roomers) is obtained by adding the entries on
lines 49 to 54. The total of the entries on lines 47 and 48 must
check with the entry on line 1. After the tabulation of this sec¬
tion is comoletea, the cards should be routed to the process in¬
dicated below.
10. ' Sort all cards from File T-49 (Monthly Rent of $4.99 and
Less, - Code A," Tenant) by RACE OF HOUSEHOLD into the following
groups:
1. White
2. Negro
3. Other Pia.ce
X. No Report on Race
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group ana
post on lines 57 to 59 and. 55 of column A ($4.99 and less) of Table
10-C. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for line 56
(Total Reports on Race) is obtained by adding the entries on lines
57 to 59. The total of the entries on lines 55 and 56 must check
with the entry on line 1. After this tabulation is completed the
cards for Monthly Rent of $4.99 and Less, - Code A, Tenant should
have rubber bands placed around each Race group and should, be re¬
turned to File T-^9.
11. In the manner indicated in paragraphs 4 to 10 withdraw
the cards for each of the remaining Monthly Rent groups from the
file (T-50 to T-6l); tabulate each Monthly Rent group by HEATING
EQUIPMENT, LIGHTING EQUIPMENT, COOKING EQUIPMENT, REFRIGERATION
EQUIPMENT, YEAR BUILT, ROOMERS AID RACE. After the tabulation for
each Monthly Rent group is completed the cards should be returned
13543 _ 27 - 10-C
to the proper file (T-50 to T-Cl) with rubber bauds arounu each
Race group.
12. Obtain tho entries for Total All Units column by adding the
entries in all of the Monthly Rent group columns. These additions must-
be carefully checked. Enter the figures from line 1 column X and col¬
umns A to L of Table 10-C by Monthly Rent into lines 110 and 112 to 123
of Table 10 column of Check Sheet C. Obtain the entry for line 111
Check Sheet C by adding linos 112 to 123. Enter the figures from lines
12 to 34 (by Heating, Lighting, Cooking, and Refrigeration Equipment)
of Total All Units column of Table 10-C into line 73 to 95 of Table 10
column of Check Sheet C. Also enter figures from lines 47 to 54 (by
Number of Roomers) of Total All Units cohunn into lines 50 to 57 of
Table 10 column of Check Sheet C. These entries in Table 10 column
of Check Sheet C must check with the corresponding entries for previous
table. This completes the tabulation of Tabic 10-C.
13. After Toblo 105 (Owner Occupied Units) and Table IOC
(Tenant Occupied Units) are completed, add the entries from the
Total column of Tables 105 and IOC for line 56 (Total Reports on
Race), for line 58 (Negro), and for line 59 (Other Race). If the
total for Negro or for Other Race is two hundred or more, and if
the total in either case represents 10$ or more of Total Reports on
Ra.ce it will be necessary to tabulate Table 16 for the area. When
the area has qualified for the Table 16 tabulation as indicated above,
this table should be prepared at this point in the tabulation pro¬
cedure as explained in Part VII of the Tabulation Instructions. After •
Table 16 is completed the cards should be routed into Table 11. When
Negro or Other Race does not account for two hundred or more units or
does not represent 10$ or more of Total Units the Table 16 tabulation
13543
- 28 -
10-C
is not required and the cards can be routed immediately into Table 11.
TABLE 11-0
1. This Table presents a breakdown of Tenant Occupied Units
by Monthly Rent Group, by Number of Rooms in Unit, by Type of Struc¬
ture, Number of Persons, Furniture, Duration of Occupancy, Number of
Children, Extra Families and Condition. There are seven pages to this
Table which are:
'able 11C-1
!able 11C-2
!able 110-3
!able 11C-4
:able 11C-5
]able 11C-6
?able 11C-7
Tenant occupied units; Total, No report on Rent
Tenant occupied units; Rent of $4.99 or less, $5.00 to $9.99
Tenant occupied units; Rent of $10.00 to $14.99, $15.00 to $19.99
Tenant occupied units; Rent of $20.00 to $24.99, $25.00 to $29.39
Tenant occupied units; Rent of $30.00 to $39.99, $40.00 to $49,99
Tenant occupied units; Rent of $50.00 to $74.99, $75.00 to $99.99
Tenant occupied units; Rent of $100.00 to $149.99, $150.00 or more
Enter', the proper headings for these seven pages of Table 11-C on a set of
"Table 11 , , , " forms. In addition the proper
Monthly Rent groups should be entered in the column headings of the
"Monthly Rent of " space.
2. Withdraw all cards from File T-49 (Monthly Rent of $4.99 or
less - Code A). Remove the rubber bauds and sort these cards by NUMBER
OF ROOMS IN UNIT into the following groups:
Number of Rooms After Posting Piace in Pile No.
1
Room
T-62
2
Rooms
T-63
3
Rooms
T-64
4
Rooms
T-55
5
Rooms
T-66
5
Rooms
T-67
7
Rooms
T-53
8
Rooms or more
T-59
X
. No'reuort on rooms
T-70
CHECK THE SORTING OP THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on line 1 in the- proper Number of Rooms column of Monthly Rent of $4.99
13543
- 29 -
11-C
or Less -- Code A. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. Obtain the
entry for Total column by adding the entries in the Number of Rooms
columns. Enter the figure from Total column of line 1 into line 112.
of Table 11 column of Chock Sheet C, where it must check with the cor¬
responding entry for the previous Table. The cards for Monthly Rent of
$4.99 or Less - Code A, Tenant, should now be returned to the file where
they should be placed in Files T-62 to T-70 by Number of Rooms .as noted
above.
3. Withdraw all cards from File T-62 (One Room, Monthly Rent of
$4.99 and Less - Code A, Tenant). Sort these cards by TYPE OF STRUCTURE
into the following groups:
1. Single Family Detached
2. Single Family Attached
3. 2 Family Side by Side
4. 2 Family 2 Decker
5. 3 Family 3 Decker
6. 4 Family Double 2 Decker
7. Apartment, 5 to 9 Units
Apartment, 10 to 19 Units
Apartment, 20 to 59 Units
Apartment, 40 Units or More
8. Business with Dwelling Units
9. Other Non-Converted
10. Partially Converted
11. Completely Converted
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and most
on lines 4 to 9, 11 to 18, and 2 of One Room column of Monthly Rent of
$4.99 and less section of Table 11C-2. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POST¬
ING. The entry for line 10 (Apartment-Total) is obtained by adding the
entries on lines 11 to 14. The entry for line 3 (Total Reports on Type)
is obtained by adding the entries on lines 4 to 10 and 15 to 18. The
total of the entries on lines 2 and 3 must check with the entry on line
1. After the tabulation of this section is completed, the cards should
be routed to the process indicated below.
13543 - 30 - li-C
4. Sort all cards from File T-62 (One Room, Monthly Rent of $4.99
and Less - Code A, Tenant) by NUMBER OF PERSONS IN UNIT into the follow¬
ing groups:
1 Person
2 Persons
3 Persons
4 Persons
5 Persons
6 Persons
7 Persons
8 Persons
9 Persons
10 Persons
11 Persons or More
X. No Report on Persons
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on lines 21 to 31 and 19 of One Room Column of Monthly Rent of $4.99
and Less Section of Table 11C-2. The total of the number of persons in
the 11 Persons or More Group should be entered on Line 32. CHECK THE
COUNTING AND THE'POSTING. Obtain the entry for Line 20 by adding the
entries on Lines 21 to 31. Do not include the entry from line 32 in
this total. The total of the entries on lines 19 and 20 must check
with the entry on 'line 1. After the tabulation of this section is
completed, the cards should be routed to the process indicated below.
5. Sort all cards from File T-62 (One Room, Monthly Rent of
$4.99 and Less - Code A, Tenant) by FURNITURE INCLUDED IN RENT into
the following groups:
Furniture Included in Rent
Furniture not Included in Rent
No Report on Furniture
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on lines 35 to 36 and 33 of the One Room column of Monthly Rent of $4.99
and less section of Table 11C-2. CHECK THE COUNTING AND POSTING. The
13543 - 31 - 11-C
entry for line 34 (Total Report on Furniture) is obtained "by adding the
entries on lines 35 and 36. The total of the entries on lines 33 and 34
must check with the entry on line 1. After tabulation of this section is
completed, the cards should 'be routed to the process indicated "below.
6. Sort all cards from File T-S2 (One Room, Monthly Rent of $4.99
and Less - Code A, Tenant) by DURATION OF OCCUPANCY into the following
groups:
A. Less than 6 months
B. 6 months - 11 months
C. 1 year - 1 year, 11 months
D. 2 years - 2 years, 11 months
E. 3 years - 4 years, 11 months
F. 5 years - 9 years, 11 months
G. 10 years - 19 years, 11 months
H. 20 years or more
K. No report on Duration
CHECK TEE SORTING- OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on lines 39 to 46 and 37 of One Room column of Monthly Rent of $4.99 and
Loss Section of Table 11C-2. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The
entry for line 38 (Total Reports on Duration) is obtained by adding the
entries on lines 39 to 46. The total cf the entries on lines 37 and 38
must check with the entry on line 1. After the tabulation of this section
is completed, the cards should be routed to the process indicated below.
7. Sort all cards from File T-62 (One Room, Monthly Rent of $4.99
and Less - Code A, Tenant) by NUMBER OF CHILDREN IN THE UNIT. This Number
of Children item is determined by adding all persons in the "Under 1
year", "1 to 4 years", "5 to 9 years", and "10 to 14 years" sections of
NUMBER AND AGS OF ALL PERSONS section of the card. When the ago of the
persons in the dwelling unit is reported, but "0" is entered in all of
the age groups indicated above, the unit is counted as "No Children".
If the age of persons is not reported, the unit is counted as "No Report
13543
- 32 -
11-C
on Children". The groups into which the carls .3,re to be sorted are:
Ho Children
1 Child
2 Children
3 or 4 Children
5 Children or More
Ho Report on Children
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post on
lines 49 to 53 and 47 of One Room column of Monthly Rent of $4.99 or Less
Section of Tabic 11C-2. CHECK THE. COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for
line 48 (Total Reports 0x1 Children) is obtained by adding the entries on
lines 49 to 53. The total of the entries on lines 47 and 48 must check
with the entry on line 1. When this tabulation is completed, all cards
from File T-62 (One Room, Rent of $4.99 and Less - Code A, Tenant) should
be routed to the process indicated below.
8. Sort all cards from File T-S2 (One Room, Monthly Rent of $4.99
and Less - Code A, Tenant) by NUMBER OF EXTRA FACT LIES into the following
groups:
No Extra Families
1 Extra Family
2 or Mere Extra Families
X. No Report on Extra Families
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on lines 5c to 58 and 54 of One Room column of Monthly Rent of $4.99 and
Less Section of Table 11C-2. CHECK TEE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The
entry for line 55 (Total Reports on Extra Families) is obtained by adding
the entries on lines 56 to 58. Tire total of the entries on lines 54 and
55 must check with the entry on line 1.
Prepare a Tally Sheet and enter on it the Number of Persons in
Extra Families from the cards with 1 Extra Family and with 2 or more Extra
Families. It should be observed that there should be 2 entries in NUMBER
•OF PERSONS IN EXTRA FAMILIES section of ohe card for units liaving 2 Extra
13543
- 33 -
11-0
Families in the unit. In such cases each of these entries should he
entered separately in the Tally. The Number of Persons grcuos into
which the Extra Families should he tallied are;
Extra Families of 1 Person
Extra Families of 2 Persons
Extra Families of 3 Persons
Extra Families of 4 Persons
Extra Families of 5 Persons or More
Extra Families With No Report on Persons
CHECK THE TALLYING- OF THE CARDS. Post ths results of the Tally on lines
60 to 65 of One Room column of Monthly Rent of $4.99 or Less section of
Tahle 11C-2. CHECK THE POSTING-. The entry for line 59 (Total Number of
Extra Families) is obtained by adding the entries in line 60 to 65. After
this tabulation is completed, the cards frcm File 1-62 (One Room, Monthly
Rent of $4.99 and Less - Code A, Tenant) should be routed to the process
indicated below.
9. Sort fill cards from File T-G2 (One Room, Monthly Rent of $4.99
and Less - Code- A, Tenant) by CONDITION into the following groups:
Condition After Posting Place in File No.
Good Condition T-71
Minor Repairs T-72
Major Repairs T-73
Unfit for Use T-74
No Report on Condition T-75
CHECK THE SORTING OF THS CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on lines 68 to 71 and 66 of One Room column of Monthly Rent of $4.99 and
Less Section of Table 11C-2. CHECK THS COUNTING AID THE POSTING. The
entry for line 67 (Total Reports on Condition) is obtained by adding the
entries or, lines 68 to 71. The total of the entries on lines 66 and 67
must check with the entry on line 1. Place a rubber band around each of
the Condition groups of 0ns Room, Monthly Rent of $4.99 and Less - Code A,
Tenant cards and place in Files T-71 to m-75 as indicated above.
13543
- 34 -
11-C
10. Garry through the procelure indicated in Paragraph 2 to 9 on
each of the Number of Rooms groups of Monthly Pent of $4.99 or Less -
Code A, Tenant cards (Files T-63 to 1-70). The results should be posted
into the proper Number of Rooms column of Monthly Rent of $4.99 or Less
\
Section of Table 11C-2. After the tabulation for any Number of Rooms
group is completed, rubber bands should be placed around Condition groups
of cards and the cards placed in Files T-71 to T-75 by Condition. The
entries for Total column for Monthly Rent of $4.99 or Loss Section should
be obtained by adding the corresponding entries in the Number of Rooms
group columns.
11. In the manner indicated in Paragraphs 1 to 10 withdraw the
cards for each of the remaining Monthly Rent groups from the File T-49 to
1-61. Sort the cards for each Rent group by Number of Rooms and place in
Files T-62 to T-70. Enter the results in the proper sections of Table 11C.
This tabulation must be carried thru separately for each of the Monthly
Rent Group and the cards for tne group routed out of Files T-62 to T-70
before the tabulation of the next group is started. After the tabulation
of any Number of Rooms - Monthly Rent group is completed, the card should
have rubber bands placed around them and they should be placed in Files
T-71 to T-75 by CONDITION group.
12. The entries for the Total, section of Table 11C-1 are obtained
by adding the corresponding entries from the various Monthly Rent Group
sections of Table 11C-1 to 11C-7. These entries must be very carefully
checked... Enter the figures from lines 2 to 18 (by Type of Structure) of
Total column of Total Tenant Occupied ■units section of Table HC-i into
lines 1 to 13 of Table 11 column of Check Sheet C. Enter the figures
from lines 19 to 32 (by Number of Persons) of this same column into lines
96 to 108 of Table 11 column of Check Sheet C. Enter the figures from
13543 _ 35 -
lines 37 to 46 ("by Duration of Occupancy) of this same column into lines
40 to 43 of Table 11 column of Check Sheet C. Enter figures from lines
47 to 53 ("by Number of Children) of this same column into lines 27 to 33
of Table 11 column of Check Sheet C. Enter the figures from lines 54 to
58 (by Number of Extra Eamilies) of this same column into lines 58 to 62
of Table 11 column of Check Sheet C. Enter the figures from lines 66 to
71 (by Condition) of this same column into lines 34 to 39 of Table 11
column of Check Sheet C. To obtain the entry for line 111 of Check Sheet
C add the entries on lines 112 to 123. These entries into Check Sheet
C must check with the corresponding entries from previous tables.
7ifh.ile all cards for Tenant Occupied Units will have been routed into
Eiles T-71 to T-75 by Condition, if after entry on Check Sheet C it is
found necessary to retabulate any section of Table 11C, it will be found
that the Number of Rooms - Monthly Rent Group cards in each Condition
file are segregated by rubber bands and the previous files can be reestab¬
lished with ease.
TABLE 12
1. This Table presents a breakdown of Dwelling Units by Occupancy,
by Condition, by Plumbing Equipment and Number of Children. There is only
one page to this Table and the data for Tenant Occupied Units are entered
on lines 20 to 37 of the "Tenant Occupied Units" section of the Table.
2. YJithdraw all cards from File T-71 (Good Condition, Tenant).
Remove the rubber bands from the cards. Sort these cards by PLUMBING
EQUIPMENT into the following groups:
A. At Least 2 Toilets and 2 Bathing Units
B. At Least 2 Toilets ana 1 Pathing Unit
C. 1 Toilet and at least 1 Bathing Unit
D. At Least 1 Toilet but less than 1 Bathing Unit
13543 _ 36 -
E. Sharpd Toilet and Running W iter
F. Shared Toilet hut no Running Water
G. No Toilet hut with Running Water
H. No Toilet and No Running Water
X. No Report on Plumbing
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and r>ost
on lines 23 to 30 and 21 of column 1 (Good Condition) of Tenant Occupied
section of Tahle 12. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. Obtain the
entry for line 22 (Total Reoorts on Plumbing) by adding the entries in
lines 23 to 30. Obtain the entry for line 20 (Total All Units) by adding
the entries on lines 21 and 22. Enter the figure from line 20 (Total All
Units) of column 1 (Good Condition) of Tenant Occupied section of Table
12 into line 36 of Table 12 column of Check Sheet C where it must check
with the corresponding entry from previous tables. .After this tabulation
is completed the cards from Pile T-71 (Good Condition, Tenant) should be
routed to the tabulation indicated below.
3. Sort all cards from File T-71 (Good Condition, Tenant) by
NUMBER OF CHILDREN IN THE UNIT . This NUMBER OF CHILDREN item is deter¬
mined by adding all persons in the "Persons Under 1 Year," "1 to 4 Years,"
"5 to 9 Years," and "10 to 14 Years" groups of NUMBER AND AGE OE ALL
PERSONS section of the card. When persons by age group is reported but
"0" is entered at each one of the age groups indicated above the unit is
counted as "No Children." If the age of persons is reported, the unit is
count-ed as "No Report on Children." The groups into which the cards are
to be sorted are:
No Children
1 Child.
2 Children
5 or 4 Children
5 Children or "..lore
No Report on Children
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in 'each group and post
on lines 33 to 37 and 31 of column 1 (Guod Condition) of Tenant Occupied
13543 - 37 - 12
section of Table 12. CBECK TES COUNTING AND THE POSTING. Obtain the
entry for line 32 (Total Reports on Children) by adding the entries on
lines 33 to 37. The total of the entries on lines 31 and 32 must check
with the entry on line 20. .After this tabulation is completed these
cards should be returned to Rile T--71 (Good Condition, Tenant).
4. In the manner indicated in paragraphs 2 and 3, withdraw the
cards for each of the remaining Condition groups from the File (T--72 to
T-75): Tabulate each Condition Group separately by PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
and NUMBER. OF CHILDREN. Post the results in the proper columns of lines
20 to 37 of Tenant Occupied section of Table 12 and return the cards to
Files T-72 to T-75 by Condition. Obtain the entries for Total column by
adding the corresponding entries in all groups columns. The entries in
the Total column must be carefully checked. Enter the figures from line
20 of the Total column of Tenant Occupied section of Table 12 into line
1 of Table 12 column of Check Sheet C; enter figures from lines 21 to 30
of Total column into lines 63 to 72 of Table 12 column of Check Sneet C;
enter figures from lines 31 to 37 of Total column into lines 27 to 33 of
Table 12 column of Check Sheet C. To obtain the entry for lino 35 Total
Reports on Condition, add lines 36 to 39 on the Check Sheet. All of these
entries into Check Sheet C must check with the corresponding entries from
previous tables.
TABLE 13-C
1. This Table presents a breakdown of Tenant Occupied Dwelling
Units by Condition, by Number of Persons Per Room, by Number of Roomers
and by Number of Persons in each age group. There is ona section to this
Table which is "Table 13-C, Tenant Occupied Units". Enter the proper
13543
- 33 -
13 C
headings at the top of a "Table 13 , " form.
2. Withdraw all cards from File T-71 (Good Condition, Tenant).
Sort these ca^as by NUMBER OF PERSONS PER ROOM into the following groups:
Number of Persons Per F.oom After Posting Place in File No.
A. .50 or less T-76
B. .51 to .75 T-77
C. .76 to 1.00 T-78
D. 1.01 to 1.50 T-79
E. 1.51 to 2.00 T-80
F. 2.01 or more T-81
X. No report on Persons T-32
Per Room
CHECK TIE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and enter
the results on lines 22 to 27 and 20 of Total Number of Dwelling Units
column of Table 13-C. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. Obtain the
entry for line 21 (Total Reports on Persons Per Room) by adding the
entries on lines 22 to 27. Obtain the entry for line 19 by adding the
entries on lines 20 and 21. Enter the figure from line 19 (in Good
Condition) of Total Number of Dwelling Units column of Table 13--C into
line 36 of Table 13 column of Check Sheet C, where it must check with the
corresponding entry from previous tables. The cards for Good Condition,
Tenant Units should now be placed in Pile T-76 to T-82 by Number of
Persons Per Room.
3. Withdraw all cards from Pile T-76 (.50 or less Persons Per
Room - Cede A, Good Condition, Tenant). Sort these cards by NUMBER OP
ROOMERS into the following groups:
No Roomers
1 Hoomrr
2 Roomers
3 or 5 Roomers
5 to 10 Roomers
11 Roomers or More
No Report on Roomers
13543
- 39 -
13G
CHECK THE SORTING CP THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and enter
the results on Line 22 of the proper column of Number of Roomers section
of Table 13C. CHECK THE COUNTIKS AND THE POSTING. The total of the
entries in Number of Roomers columns must check with the entry in Total
Number of Dwelling Units column. After this tabulation is completed, the
cards in Pile T-7G should be routed to the tabulation indicated below.
4. Sort all cards from Pile T-76 (.50 or Less Persons Per Room-
Code A, Good Condition, Tenant) by completeness of reports on NUMBER ADD
AGE OP ALL PERSONS. The groups into which the cards should bo sorted are:
Reports on Age of Persons (Cards on which number and age of all
persons is completely reported.)
No Reports on Ago of Persons (Cards on which number and ago of
all persons is not ccnroletcly
reported.)
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and enter
the results on Line 22 of Number of Units section in the center of Table
13-C. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The total of the entries of
these 2 columns must check with the entry in Total Number of Dwelling
Units column. Using on the cards with complete reports on number and
age of persons enter the number of persons in each age group on a tally
sheet similar to the form shown below.
13543
- 40 -
13C
OCCUPANCY
TALLY SHEET for cards on which the number
and age of all persons is completely reported.
CONDITION GROUP PERSONS PER ROOM CODE _
Persons
—
Persons
Persons
Persons
Persons
Persons
Persons
under
1 to 4
5 to 9
10 to 14
15 to 19
20 to 64
65 Years
1 Year
Years
Years
Years
Years
Years
and Over
After the cards have "been entered, total each column of the tally sheet
and enter the results on line 22 in the proper columns of Number of
Persons "by Age Group section of Table 13-C. Obtain a total of the
total number of persons in unit from thy cards. It will be most con¬
venient to obtain this total on an adding machine. Check this total
with the sum of the persons by age group entries. After this tabula¬
tion is completed, the cards from Pile T-75 should have a rubber band
placed around them and tney should be placed in Pile 1-33 (.50 or less
Persons per Room).
5. Withdraw all cards from Pile T-77 (.51 to .75 Persons Per
Room -Code B, Good Condition, Tenant). Tabulate by Number of Roomers
and by Persons by Age Group as indicated in Paragraph 3 and 4 above, and
enter the results in the proper columns of Line 23 of Table 13-C. After
this tabulation is completed, these cards should have a rubber band
placed around them and they should be placed in File T-o4 (.51 to .75
41 Persons Per Room).
13543 - 41 - 13C
6. Withdrew all cards from File T-7P (.76 to 1.00 Persons
Per F.oom - Code C, flood Condition, Tenant). Tabulate by Number of
Roomers and by Persons by Age Group as indicated in Paragraph 3 and
4 above, and enter the results in the proper columns of Line 24 of
Table 13C. lifter this tabulation is completed, these cards should
have a rubber band placed around them and they should he placed in
File T-85 (.76 to 1.00 Persons Per F.oom).
7. Withdraw all cards from File T-79 (1.01 to 1.50 Persons
Per Room - Code E, Good Condition, Tenant). Tabulate by Number of
Roomers and by Persons by Age Group as indicated in Paragraph 3 and
4 above, and enter the results in the proper columns of Line 25 of
Table 13C. After this tabulation is completed, these cards should
have a rubber bard placed around them and they should be placed in
File T-8S (1.01 to 1.50 Persons Per Room).
8. Withdraw all cards from File T-80 (1.51 to 2.00 Persons
Fer Room - Code E, Good Condition, Tenant). Tabulate by Number of
Roomers and by Persons by Age Group as indicated in Paragraph 3 and
4 above, and enter the results in the proper columns of Line 25 of
Table 13C. After this tabulation is completed, these cards should have
a rubber band placed around them and they should be piaced in File T-87
(1.51 to 2.00 Persons Per Room).
9. Withdraw all cards from File T-81 (2.01 Persons Per Room
or More - Corle F, Condition, Tenant). Tabulate by Number of Roomers
and by Persons by Age Group as indicated in Paragraph 3 and 4 abo\ef
and enter the results in the proper columns of Line 27 of Table 13C.
After this tabulation is completed, these cards should have a rubber
band placed around them and they should be placed in File T-88 (2.01
13543 _ 42 - 13C
Persons Per Room or More).
10. Withdraw all cards from Pile T--82 (No Report on Persons
Per Room - Code X, Good Condition, Tenant). Tabulate "by Number of
Roomers and by Persons by Age G^oup as indicated in Paragraph 3 and
4 above, and enter the results in the proper columns of Line 20 of
Table 13C. After this tabulation is completed, .those cards snould have
a rubber band placed around them and they should be placed in Pile
T-89 (No Report on Persons Per Room).
11. Obtain the entries for Line 21 of each of the columns by
adding the corresponding entries on Lines 22 to 27. Obtain the
entries for Line 19 by adding the corresponding entries on Lines 20
and 21.
12. In the manner indicated in Paragraphs 2 to 11 withdraw
the cards from T-72 to T-7'5 (Tenant Occupied Units by Condition).
Sort each of these Condition groups by Number of Persons Per Room;
place cards in Piles T-75 to 1-82. Then tabulate each Number of
Persons per Room - Condition group by Number of Roomers and by Age
of all Persons and enter the results on the proper lines of 'Table
13C. This tabulation should be carried thru separately for each
Condition group. After the tabulation of any group is completed, the
cards should have a rubber band placed around them and they should
be placed into Piles T-83 to T-39 (Tenant Occupied Units by Number
of Persons Per Room).
13. The entries for Lines 1 to 9 (Total section by Number of
Persons Per Room) are obtained by adding the corresponding entries
in each of the Condition sections of the table. The total of the
13543
It7 ^
C\J
entries on lines 4 to 9 must check with the entry on line 3 and the
total of the entries on lines 2 and 3 must check with the entry on
line 1. 3nter the figure from line 1 of Total Number of Dwelling
Units column, of Table 13G into line 1 of Table 13 column of Check
Sheet C. Also enter the figures from lines 2 to 9 of Total Dumber
of Dwelling Units column of Table 13C into lines 19 to 25 of Table 13
column of Check Sheet C. If not already dona enter the figures from
lines 10, 19, 23, 37 and 46 of Total Number of Dwelling Units column of
Table 13C into Lines 34 acid 36 to 39 of Table 13 column of Check Sheet
0. The entry for line 35 of Check Sheet C is obtained by adding the
entries on lines 36 to 39. Also enter the figures from Line 1 of Number
of Roomers columns of Table 15C into lines 50 and 52 to 57 of Tabic 13
column of Check Sheet C. Obtain the entry for line 51 by adding the
entries on lines 52 to £7. These entries into Check Sheet C must chock
with the corresponding entries from previous table. While all cards
for Owner Occupied, units will have been routed into Files T-S3' to T-89
by Persons Fer Room, if after entry on Check Sheet C, it is found neces¬
sary to re-tabulate any section of Table 130, it will be found that the
Condition groups of cards in each Person Per Room file are segregated by
rubber bands and the previous files can be reestablished with ease.
13543
- 44 -
TAI ITS 3 4
1. Tnis Table presents a breakdown of Dwelling Units "by Occupancy,
by Number of Persons Per Room, by Number of Extra Families. There is
only one page to this Table and the data for Tenant Occupied Units are
presented on lines 13 to IS.
2. Withdraw all cards from File T--83 (.50 or Less Persons Per
Room - Code A, Tenant). Remove the rubber bands from the cards. Sort
these cards by Number of Extra Families into the following groups:
No Extra Families
1 Extra Family
2 or more Extra Families
No Report on Extra Families
CHECK THE SORTING- CF THE CAFES. Count the cards in each group .and post
on lines 15 to 18 and 14 of Column A (.50 or Less) of Table 14. CHECK
THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for line 15 (Total Reports on
Extra Families) is obtained by adding bhe entries of lines 15 to 18. The
entry for lino 13 is obtained by adding the entries on lines 14 and 15.
Enter the figure from line 13 of Column A (.50 or Less) of Table 14 into
line 21 of Table 14 column of Check Sheet C where it must check with the
corresponding entry from previous tables. After this tabulation is com¬
pleted return the cards to File T-83 (.50 or Less Persons Per Room -
Code A, Tenant).
3. Carry through the procedure indicated in paragraph 2 with
each of the other Number of Persons Per Room, Tenant groups of cards
(Files T-84 to T-8S). Enter the results in lines 13 to 18 of the
proper columns of Table 14 and also enter the proper figure§ into Check
Sheet C. To obtain the entry for line 20 of Check Sheet C add the
entries on lines 21 to 26. After tht tabulation of any Number of Persons
Per Room group is complc-ted the cards should ^e returned to the proper
15543
- 45 -
14
file (1-04 to 1-89).
4. The entries for Total column, are obtained by adding the corres¬
ponding entries in all of the Number of Persons Per Poom columns. These
figures must be very carefully checked. Enter the figures from lines 13
and 14 to 18 of Total column of Table 14 into lines 1 and 53 to 62 of
Table 14 column of Check Sheet G where they must check with the corres¬
ponding entries from previous tables.
5. The cards for Tenant Occupied Units should be held in file
T-83 to T-89 (by Persons per Room) until all dwelling unit tables are
completed as explained ir Part VI. Then they should be sorted and filed
by blocks.
oOo
TABULATION INSTRUCTIONS FOP D77FLLIDC- SURVEY
PART V
Tables for Vacant Units
Tables 8-1', 12, 10-D, and 11-D
Prepared by:
Office of Statistical Coordinator, FEDA
Division of Economics and Statistics, FHA
June 1, 1935
TA3"JLATI0N INSTRUCTIONS F^P DWFLLIUO SURVDY
PART V
Tables For Vacant Units
Tables 8-0, 1G-D, "ll-^~and 15
Introdustion
Part V presents the Tabulation Instructions for Tables 8-D and the
Vacant Unit section of Table 12, 10-D, and 11-D and is based on the cards
for Vacant Dwelling Units only. Tnis tabulation should be carried for¬
ward after work has been completed in the Block Tabulation, (Part i),
and on Structure Tables 1 to 6, (Part II). The cards for units under
construction must not be included in these tabulations. The cards at
this point are to be found in files by Occupancy and under Occupancy by
Type of Structure as noted at the end of'Part II, Tabulation Instructions.
Before proceeding with the tabulation of this part re-read the introduc¬
tory section of Parts I and II. The work of posting these tabulations
may be carried on simultaneously with the work of tabulation on Parts IV
and V.
Filing System for Cards for Vacant Units
It should be observed that the tabulation for Vacant Units differs
from the ta.bula.tion for Owner Occupied and for Tenant Occupied Units.
There is no tabulation of Table 7, 9, 13 or 14 for Vacant Units. Be¬
cause of the tabulation of Duration of Vacancy, rather than tho Duration
of Occupancy, a special form is provided for Table 8-D and for Table 11-D.
The tabulation of several sections of Table 10, 11 and 12 which appear
on Owner and Tenant Tables are omitted from Tables for Vacant Units. In
addition, in the interest of economy, the tabulation procedure for Vacant
Units has been enanged from that usod for Owner and Tenant Occuoied Units
in the following manner: After Tablo 8-D has been completed the cards aro
13543 - 2 -
routed to File V—71 to V-75 By Condition, instead of being routed to
Files Y-l to V-l 5 By Typo; Table 12 is tabulated immediately after
Table 8-D and tLe cards are routed to Files V-40 to V-43 By Plumbing
Equipment instead of V-71 to V-75 By Condition. The tabulation of
Table 10-D and 11-D is very similar to that used on Owner and Tenant
Tables.
After the. sort indicated on the last page of Part II of Tabulation
Instructions is completed the cards for Vacant Units will be in the fol¬
lowing files by Type of Structure.
Type of Structure
File Number
Single Family Detached
V-l
Single Family Attached
V-2
Two Family, Side by Side
7-3
Two Family, Two Docher
V—4
Three Family, Three Decker
V—5
Four Family, Double Two Decker
7-6
Apartment, 5 to 9 Units
V- 7
Apartment, 10 to 19 Units
7-8
Apartment, 20 to 39 Units
V—9
Apartment, 40 Units or More
V-10
Business with Residential
V-ll
Other Non-Converted
V-l 2
Partially Converted
V-l 3
Completely Converted
V-l 4
No Report on Type
V-15
The cards for each Typo of Structure
group will be withdrawn from
the file, sorted by Condition and placed, in Files V-23 to V-27 as indi¬
cated below. While in this order the cards for each Type of Structure -
Condition group will be tabulated on Table 3-D. This File (V-23 to V-27)
is a working file and will be used for a particular Type of Structure
group only. After the tabulation of any Type of Structure - Condition
group is completed, the cards will be routed into cumulative File (V-71
to V-75) by Condition as indicated below.
Condition of Structure
Working File
Cumulative i
Good Condition
V-2?
V-71
Minor Repairs
V—24
V—72
Major Repairs
V—25
V—73
13543
- 3 -
Condition of Structure forking File Cumulative File
Unfit for Use V-26 V-74
No Report on Condition 7-27 V-75
During tho process of tabulating tne Vacant Unit sections of Tabic
12, the cards for each Condition group will oc withdrawn from Files V-71
to V-75 indicated above, sorted by Plumbing Equipment and routed into
Files V-40 to V-48 by Plumbing Equipment as indicated below. The cards
will be held in tnese files until all cards for Vacant Units are arranged
in the order indicated:
Plumbing Equipment File Dumber
A. At least 2 Toilets & 2 Bathing Units V-40
B. At least 2 Toilets & 1 Bathing Unit V-41
C. One Toilet ana at least 1 Bathing Unit V-42
D. At least 1 Toilet but less than 1 Bath Y-43
E. Shared Toilet and Running Water V-44
F. Shared Toilet but no Running Water V—45
G. No Toilet but with Running Water V-46
H. No Toilet and no Running Water V-47
X. Do Report on Plumbing V-48
During the process of tabulating Table 10-D the cards for each
Plumbing Equipment group will be withdrawn from the files indicated
above and returned to the following files by Monthly Rent group. The
cards will be cumulated in these files until all cards for Vacant
Units are arranged by Monthly Rent group.
Monthly Rent Fll-e Number
A.
$4.99
and loss
V—49
3.
5.00
to
9.99
V-50
C.
10.00
to
14.99
7-51
D.
15.00
to
19.99
V—53
Jh#
20.00
to
24.99
V—53
F.
25.00
to
29.99
V-54
Gr«
30.00
to
39.99
V-55
H.
40.00
to
49.99
V-56
I.
50.00
to
74.99
V—57
J.
75.00
to
99.99
7-53
K.
100.00
to
149.99
7-59
L.
150.00
or
More
V-SO
X.
No Reoort
on Rent
V-Sl
During the process of tabulating the remainder of Table 10-D the cards
13543 - 4 -
for each Monthly Rent group will "be withdrawn from the file and returned
to the file in the same order. In the process of tabulating 1'able 11-R
the cards for each Monthly lient group indicated above will bo withdrawn
from the file and placed in the file by Number of Rooms as indicated
b elow >
Number of Rooms in Unit Eilo Numbor
1 Room 7-62
2 Rooms V-S3
3 Rooms V-64
4 Rooms 7-65
5 Rooms 7-66
6 Rooms 7-67
7 Rooms 7-58
8 Rooms or More 7-59
No Report on Rooms 7-70
The cards for each Monthly Rent - Room group will be tabulated on
Table 11-D, After this tabulation is complete the. cards will be re¬
turned to Riles 7-49 to 7-61 by Monthly Rent group. After the tabula¬
tion of all of the tables for Owner Occupied, Tenant Occupied and
Vacant Units is completed, the cards should be re-sorted by Block Num¬
ber and by Structure Number within the slock.
After the tables for all dwelling units have been completed as
indicated in Part VI, the cards should be sorted and filed by blocks.
A Check Sheet should be prepared to assist in the cross-checking
of entries on the Table. A special form has been prepared for thes
purpose. This form is headed: "Check Sheet D, Vacant Units".
TABLE 8-D
1, This Table presents a breakdown of Vacant Dwelling Units by
Type, by Condition, by Duration of Vacancy. There is one Section to
this Table which is "Table 3-D, Vacant Units". A special form is pro¬
vided for this Table.
13543
Table 8-3 (Cont'd) - 5 - 8-3-2
2. Withdraw all cards Iron File V-l (Single Fanily Detached,
Vacant). Sc^t these carls by Condition into the following groups:
Condition. forking File Number Cumulative- File Number
Good Condition
V-23
V—71
Minor Repairs
7-24
7-72
Major Repairs
7-25
7-73
Unfit for Use
V- 26
V—74
Do Report on Condition
V-27
V—75
CHECK THE SORTING 0? THE CAPDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on linos 25, 37, 4-9, 51 and 13 of Single Family Detached column of
Table 8-3. CHECK THE C01JNTIB& AND THE POSTING. Obtain the entry for
line 1 by aching the entries on lines 13, 25, 37, 49 and 61. 'The cards
for Single Family Detached, Vacant Units, should now be placed in File
V-23 to V—27 by Condition, as noted above.
3. Withdraw all cards from File V-23 ingle Family Detached,
Vacant, Good Condition). Sort these cards by Duration oi1 Vacancy into
the following groups:
J.
Less than 1 Month
K.
1 Mor.t.n
Lc
2 Months
M.
3-5 Months
N.
6-8 Months
0.
9-11 Months
P.
1 Year - 1 year, 11 months
Q-.
2 Years - 2 Years, 11 Montns
R.
3 Years or More
X.
No Report on Deration
CHECK THE. SORTING OF THE CARDS • Count the cards in each group and
post on lines 28 to 35 and 25 of Single Family Detached column of
Table 8-S. CHECK THE COUNTING ADD THE POSTING. Obtain the entry for
line 27 (Total Reports on Duration) by adding the entries on lines 28
to 36. The total of the entries en lines 26 and 27 must check with
the entry on line 25. If this addition fails tc chock it will be
necessary to re-check the tabulation. Pla.ce rubber bauds around each
of the separate Duration of Vacancy groups and place the cards in File
13543
Table 3-D (cont'd) - 6 -
V—71 (Uood Condition, Vacant).
4. Withdraw all cords iyom Pile 7-2/ (Single Family Detached, Va¬
cant, Minor .Repairs). Tabulate by Duration of Vacancy groups in the man¬
ner indicated in paragraph 3 above, and enter results cn lines 33 to 48
of Single Family Detached column of Table 8-D. Place rubber bauds around
each of tne separate Duration cf Vacancy groups end place the carls in
File V-72 (Minor Repairs, Vacant).
5. Withdraw all cards from File V-25 (Single Family Detached,
Vacant, Major Repairs). Tabulate by Duration of Vacancy groups in the
manner indicated in paragraph 3 above, and enter results on linos 50 to
60 of Single Family Detached column of Table 8-D, Place rubber bands
around each of the separate Duration of Vacancy groups and place the
cards in File 7-73 (Maj~r Repairs, Vacant).
6. Withdraw all cards from File. V-25 (Single Family Detached, Va¬
cant, Unfit for Use). Tabulate by Duration of Vacancy groups in the man¬
ner indicated in paragraph 3 above, and enter results on lines 62 to 72
of Single Family Detached column of Table 8-D. Place rubber bands around
each of the separate Duration of Vacancy groups and place the cards in
File 7-74 (Unfit for Use, Vacant).
7. Withdraw all cards from File 7-27 (Single Family Detached, Va¬
cant, Do Report on Condition). Tabulate by Duration of Vacancy groups
in the manner indicated in paragraph 5 above, and enter results on lines
14 to 24 of Single Family Detached column of Table 3-D, Place rubber
bands around each of the separate Duration cf Vacancy groups and place
the cards in File V-75 (Uo Report on Condition, Vac-ant).
8. Obtain the entries for lines 2 to 12 by adding the corresponding
entries in each of the Condition groups. The total of the entries on
lines 4 to 12 nusi; crock with the entry on line 3 (Total Reports on Dur¬
ation) and the total of the entries on lines 2 and 3 must check with the
13543 ~ 7 - 8D
entries on line 1. 'Enter th"> figure from lino 1 of Single Fcanily De¬
tached Column into line 4 rf Table 8 column of Check Sheet D. After
this process is complete all cards fox' Single Family Detached, Vacant
units will have been routed through Files 7-23 to V-27 and placed in
Files 71 to 75 by Condition.
9. Carry thro'igh the procedure indicated in paragraphs 2 to 8 with
each of the remaining Type of Structure gruuus of cards for Vacant Units
(V-2 to Y-15). This tabulation must bo carried forward separately for
each Type of Structure group. Sort each group by Condition and place
cards in Files 7-23 to 7-27. Tabulate by Duration of Vacancy, enter the
results in the proper columns of Table 8-D and place the cards in Files
V-71 to V—75 by Condition.
10. Obtain the entries for Column 7-A (Apartment - Total) by adding
the corresponding entries in columns 7-3 to 7-E (Apartment by Sice Croups
Columns). The Total Reuorts on Duration entry for each Condition group
must check with the total of the Duration of Vacancy entries in that
group, and the Total All Units entry in each Condition group must check
with the total of Do Report on Duration entry end Total Reports on Dur¬
ation entry.
11. Obtain the entries fcr the Total column by adding the corres¬
ponding entries in column X, 1 to 7-A, 3 to 11. (The. Apartment by Size
Groups columns must be omitted from this total.) Those entries in the
Total column must be checked in the manner indicated in paragraph 10.
Enter the figures from tne various columns (by Type of Structure) of line
1 of Table 3-D into lines 1, 2, and 4 to 13 of Table 8 column of Check
Sheet D. The entry for line 3 of Chock Sheet D is obtained by adding
the entries on linos 4 to 10 and 15 to 18. Enter the figures iron linos
13, 25, 37, 49 ancl 61 (by Condition) ~f Total column, into lines 1.9 and
13543
8D
21 to 24 of Table 8 column of Check Sheet D. The entry for line 20 of
Check Sheet D is obtained by adding the entries on lines 21 to 24.
Enter the figures from lines 2 to 12 (by Duration of Vacancy) of Total
column, into lines 25 to 35 of Table 8 column of Check Sheet D. If,
after the completion of tabulation, it is found necessary to retabulate
any section of the table, it will be found that although the cards have
been routed into Files V-71 by Condition, the various types of Structure-
Duration of Vacancy groups are segregated by rubber bands and the pre¬
vious sort can be re-established, with ease.
TiiDL2__12
1. This Table presents a breakdown of dwelling units by Occupancy,
by Condition, by Plumbing Equipment. There is only 1 page of this table
and the data for the Vacant Units are entered on lines 1 to 11 of the
"Vacant Units" section of the table.
2. Withdraw the cards from File 7-71 (Good Condition, Vacant);
remove the rubber bands from the cards. Sort these cards by PLUMBING
EQUIPMENT into the following groups:
Plumbing Equipment After Posting Place in File Number
A. At Least 2 Toilets and 2 Lathing Units 7-40
B. At Least 2 Toilets and 1 Bathing Unit 7-41
0. 1 Toilet and at Least 1 Bathing Unit V-42
D. At Least 1 Toilet but Less than 1 Bath 7-43
E. Shared Toilet and Sunning Water V-44
F. Shared Toilet but No Sunning Water 7-45
G. No Toilet but With Sunning Water 7-46
H. No Toilet and No Sunning Water V-4-7
X. No Report on Plumbing V-48
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count tho cards in each group and post
on lines 4 to 11 and 2 of column 1 (Good Condition) of tne Vacant Units
section of Table 12. CHECK TEE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. Obtain the
13543 - 9 - 8I>
entry for line 3 (Total Reports on Plumbing) "by adding the entries on
lines 4 to 11. Obtain the entry for line 1 (Total All Units) by adding
the entries on lines 2 and 3. Enter the figures from line 1 (Total All
Units) of Column 1 (Good Condition) of the Vacant section of Table 12
into line 21 of Table 12 column of Check Sheet D where it must check
with the corresponding entries from previous tables. After this tabula¬
tion is completed rubber bands should be placed around each Plumbing
Equipment group for Good Condition, Vacant Units, and the cards should
be placed in files V-40 to V-48 as noted above.
3. In the manner indicated in paragraph 2, withdraw the cards for
each of the remaining condition groups from the Pile (V-72 to V-75).
Tabulate each Condition group separately by plumbing equipment. Fost
the results in the proper columns of lines 1 to 11 of Vacant Units
section of Table 12, enter the proper totals on Check Sheet D, and place
the cards in Piles V-40 to V-43 by plumoing equipment groups. To obtain
the cAtry for line 20 of Chock Sheet D, add the entries on lines 21 to
24. Obtain the entries for Total column by adding the corresponding
entries in all group columns. The entries in this Total column must
be carefully checked. Enter the figures from line 1 of the Total column
of Vacant Units section of Table 12 into line 1 of Table 12 column of
Check Sheet E; enter figures from lines 2 to 11 of Total column into
lines 36 to 45 of taolo 12 column of Chock Sheet I).
If, after the completion of tabulation, it is found necessary to
re tabulate any section of the table, it will be found that although the
cards have been routed into files V-40 to V-43 (by Plumbing Equipment),
the various Plumbing Equipment - Condition groups are segregated by
rubber bands and the previous sort can be re-established.
13543
- 10 -
TAIL]]J 0-D
1. This Table presents a breakdown of Vacant Dwelling Units by-
Monthly Rent Group, by Plumbing Equipment, Ileati-ng Equipment, Lighting
Equipment, Cooking Equipment, Refrigeration Equipment, Year Built Group.
There is one section of this table which is "Table*10-E, Vacant Units."
The proper headings should be placed at the top of a "Table 10 ,
" form.
2. Withdraw all cards from Pile V-40 (At Least Two Toilets .And Two
Bathing Units, Vacant). Sort these cards by MONTHLY RENT into the fol¬
lowing groups:
Monthly Rent Group After Posting Place in Pile No.
A. $ 4.99 and less V-49
B. $ 5.00 to 9.99 V-50
C. $ 10.00 to 14.99 V-51
D. $ 15.00 to 19.99 V-52
E. $ 20.00 to 24.99 V-53
F. $ 25.00 to 29.99 V-E4
G. $ 30.00 to 39.99 V-55
H. $ 40.00 to 49.99 V-56
I. $ 50.00 to ?4.99 V-57
J. $ 75.00 to 99.99 V-58
K. $100,00 to 149.99 V-59
L. $150.00 and over V-60
X. No report on rent V-61
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each gro\ip and post
in the proper monthly rent column of line 4 (At Least Two Toilets and
Two Bathing Units) of Table 10-D. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING.
Obtain the entry for Total All Units column by adding the corresponding
entries in all of the monthly rent columns. Enter the figure from line
4 of Total All Units column of Table 10-D into line 38 of Table 10 column
of Check Sheet D, where it must check with the corresponding entry from
the previous table. Place a rubber band around, each of the separate
monthly rent groups of At Least Two Toilets ana Two Bathing Units,
13543
- 11 -
10D
Tenant cards and place in Tiles V--49 to 7-61 "by Runt groups.
3. Carry through the procedure indicated in paragraph 2 on each of
the remaining Plumbing Equipment groups of Vacant cards (Piles 7-4-1 to
7-48). The result should be posted into lines 2 and 5 to 11 of Table
10-D, The entries for line 3 are obtained by adding the corresponding
entries on lines 4 to 11. The entries for line 1 are obtained by aiding
the entries on lines 2 and 3. The figures from lines 5 to 11, 2 and 3
of Table 10-D of the Total A1! Units column should be entered on lines
39 to 45, 36 and 37 of Table 10 column of Check Sheet D. These entries
in the Table 10 column of Check Sheet D must check with the corresponding
entries from the previous table. After this tabulation is completed the
cards' will have been sorted by Monthly Rent groups and placed in Piles
7-49 to 7-61.
4. Withdraw all cards from i'ile 7-49 (Monthly Rent of $4.99 and
Less-Code A, 7acant). Remove the rubber bands from the card.s. Sort
these cards by SEATING- EQUIPMENT into bhe following groups:
1. Central Steam or Hot Water
2. Central Warm Air
3. Other Installed.
4. None Installed
X. No Report on Heating
CHECK THE SORTING OP THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on lines 14 to 17 and 12 of Column A ($4.99 and Less) of Table 10-D.
CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for line 13 (Total Reports
on Heating) is obtained by adding the entries on lines 14 to 17, The
total of the entries on lines 12 and 13 must check with the entry on
line 1. After the tabulation of this section is completed the cards
should be routed to the process indicated below.
13543 - 12 - 10 2
5 . Scrt all ccrds from File V-49 (Monthly E-mt of $4.99 and Less-
Codo A, Vacant) "by LIGHTING EQUIPMENT into the following group?:
1« Electric
2. Gas
3. Other
X. No Report on Lighting
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARLS. Count the cards in each grcup and post
on lines 20 to 22 and 18 cf Column. A. ($4.95 and less) of Table 10-D.
CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. Obtain the entry for line 19 (Total
Reports on Lighting) by adding the entries on lines 20 to 22. The totals
of the entries on lines 18 and 19 must check with the entry on line 1.
After the tabulation of this section is completed the cards should be
routed to the process indicated below.
6. Sort all cards from Rile V--4S (Monthly Rent of $4.99 and less -
Code A, Vacant) by COOKING EQUIPMENT into tno following groups:
1. Electric
2. Gas
3. Other installed
4. None installed
X. No report on cooking
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CAPES. Count the cards in each group and enter
the results on lines 25 and 28 and 25 of column A ($4.99 and less) of
Table 10-D. CHECK TEE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for line 24
(Total Reports or. Cooking) is obtained by adding the entries in lines
.25 to 26. The total of the entries on line 23 and 24 must check with
the entry on line 1. After the tabulation of this section is completed,
the cards should be routed to the process indicated below.
7. Sort all cards from File V-iS (Monthly Rent of $4.99 end Less -
Code A, Vacant) by REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT into the following groups:
1. Electric.
2. Gas
3. Ice
4. None
X. No report on refrigeration
13543
- 13 -
10-D
CHECK THE SORTING 05' UHE CARDS, Count the cards in each group and post
on lines 31 to 34 and 29 of column A ($4.99 and less). CHECK THE COUNTING
AND THE POSTING. The entry for line 30 (Total Reports on Refrigeration)
is obtained ty adding the entries on lines 31 to 34. The total of the
entries on lines 29 and 30 must checK with the entry on line 1. After
the tabulation of this section is completed, the ca,rds should be routed
to the process indicated below.
8. Sort all cards from Eire V-49 (Monthly Rent of $4.99 and Less -
Code A, Vacant) by YEAR BUILT, into the following groups:
A. 1935
B. 1930 - 1934
C. 1925 - 1929
D. 1920 - 1924
E. 1915 - 1919
F. 1905 - 1914
G. 1895 - 1904
H. 1885 - 1894
I. 1860 - 1884
J. 1359 or before
X. No report on year built
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on linos 37 to 46 and 35 of column A ($4.99 and less) of Table 10-D.
CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for line 36 (Total Reports
on Year Built) is obtained by adding the entries on lines 37 to 46. The
total of the entries on lines 35 and. 36 must check with the entry on line
1. After the tabulation is completed, the cards for (Monthly rent of
$4.99 and Less - Code A, Vacant) should be returned to File V-49.
9. The last two sections of Table 10-D will be blank as there
would be no possible entries for Number of Roomers or Race of Household
in the Vacant Units tabulation.
10. In the manner indicated in paragraphs 4 to 9, withdraw the
cards for each of the remaining monthly rent groups from the file (V-50
13545
- 14 - 10D
to V—61); tabulate each MONTHLY BENT group by HEATING EQUIPMENT,
LIGHTING EQUIPMENT, COOKING EQUIPMENT, REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT, YEAR
BUILT. After the tabulation for each monthly rent group is completed
the cards should be returned to the proper file (V-50 to V~6l).
11. Obtain the entries for Total All Units column by adding the
entries in all of the Monthly Rent group columns. These additions must
be carefully checked. Enter the figures from line 1 of Table 10-D by
monthly rent into lines 46 and 48 to 59 of Table 10 column of Check
Sheet D. The entry for line 47 of Check Sheet I) is obtained by adding
the entries on lines 48 to 59. This completes the tabulation of Table
10-D.
If, after the completion of tabulation, it is found necessary to
retabulate any section of the table, the sort can easily be re-worked
from the Rent file.
TABLE 11-D
1. This table presents a breakdown of Vacant Units by Monthly
Rent group, by Number of Rooms in Unit, by Type of Structure, Furni¬
ture, Duration of Vacancy, and Condition. There are seven pages to
this Table which arc:
Total, Do Report on Rent
Rent of $4.99 or less, $5.00 to $9.99
Srnt of $10.00 to $14.99, $15.00 to $19.99
Rent of $20.00 to $34.99, $35.00 to $29.99
S.unt of $30.00 to $39.99, $40.CO to $49.99
Rent of $50.00 to $74.39, S75,C0 to $99.99
Rent cf $100.00 to $149.99, $150*00 or More
Enter the proper -headings for these seven pages of Table 11-D on a set
of "Table 11 , Vacant Units " forms. In addition the
Table
11D-1
Vacant
v.ni t s
Table
11D-2
Vacant
uni t s
Table
11D-3
Vacant
una t s
Table
11D—4
Vacant
units
Table-
11D-5
Vacant
units
Table
11D-6
Vacant
units
Table
11D-7
Vacant
uni t s
proper Monthly Rent groups should be entered in the column headings of
the "Monthly Rent of . " space.
2» Withdraw all cards from File V—19 (M&ntLly Rent of $4.29 cr
Less-Code A). Sort these cards by NUM2ER OF ROOMS IN UNIT into the
following groups::
Number of Roomo After Posting Place in File No.
1
Room
7-62
2
Rooms
7-63
3
P.ooms
V-64
4
Rooms
V-65
5
Rooms
V-66
6
Rooms
7-67
7
£
O
13
CO
V-63
8
Rooms or More
V-69
X.
, No Report Cn Rooms
V-70
CHICK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post on line 1 in the proper Number of Rooms column of Monthly Rent of
$4.99 or Less. CHECK THE COUNTING AID THE POSTING. Obtain the entry
for Total column by adding the entries in tho Number of Rooms columns.
Enter the figure from To tad column of line 1 into line 48 of Table 11
column of Check Sheet D, where it must check with the corresponding
entry for the previous Table. The cards for Monthly Rent of $1.99 cr
loss - Code A, Vacant should new be returned to the file where they
should be placed in Files 7-62 to V-70 by Trumuer of Rooms s.s noted
above.
3. Withdraw ail cards from File V-62 (One Room, Monthly Rent of
$4.99 and Less-Code A, Vacant^. Sort these cards by TVPE OF
STRUCTURE into the following groups;:
1. Single Family Detank, 8
2. Single Family AttabhsJ
3. 2 Family Side by Side
4. 2 Family 2 Decker
5. 3 Family 3 Decker
6. 4 Family Double 2 Decker
7. Apartment; 5 to 9 Units
Apartment, 10 to IS Units
Apartment, 20 to 39 Units
Apartment, ^0 Units or More
13543
- 16 - 11-D
, 8. Business with Duelling Units
9. 0 the r IIon-C onver tod
10. Partially Converted
11. Completely Converted
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on lines 4 to 9, 11 to 18, and 2 of One Room column of Monthly Rent of
$4.99 and Loss section of Table 11D-2. CHECK TEE COUNTING AND THE
POSTING. The entry for lino 10 (Apartment - Total) is obtained by-
adding the entries on lines 11 to 14. The entry for line 3 (Total
Reports on Type) is obtained by adding the entries on lines 4 to 10
and 15 to 18. The Total of the entries on lines 2 and 3 must check
with the entry on line 1. After the tabulation of this section is
completed, the cards should be routed to the process indicated below.
4. Sort ail cards from File Y-62 (One Room, Monthly Rent of
$4.99 and Less-Code A, Vacant by FURNITURE INCLUDED IE RENT into the
following groups:
Furniture Included in Rent
Furniture not Included in Rent
No Report on Furniture
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Count the cards In each group and
post on lines 21 to 22 and 19 of the One Room column of Monthly Rent
of $4.59 and Less section of Table 11D-2. CHECK THE COUNTING AND
THE POSTING. The entry for line 20 (Total Reports on Furniture) is
obtained by adding the entries on lines 21 and 22. The total of the
entries on lines 19 and 20 must check with the entry on line 1. After
tabulation of this section is completed, the cards should be routed
to the process indicated below.
5. Sort all cards from File Y-62 (One Room, Monthly Rent of $4.99
and Less-Code A, Vacant) by DURATION OF VACANCY into the following
groups:
13543
- 17 -
11-D
J. Loss than 1 Month
K. 1 Month
L. 2 Months
M. 3-5 Months
H. 6-8 Months
0. 9-11 Months
P. 1 Yean - 1 Year, 11 Months
Q,. 2 Years - 2 Years, 11 Months
P. 3 Years or More
X. Ho Report on Duration
CHECK TIIE SORTING OP THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post on lines 25 to 33 arid 23 of One Room column, of Monthly Rent of
$4.99 and Less section of Tahle 11D-2. CHECK THE COUNTING AND THE
POSTING. The entry for line 24 (Total Reports on Duration) is obtained
"by adding the entries on lines 25 to 33. The total of the entries
on linos 23 and 24 must check with the entry on line 1. After the
tabulation of this section is completed, the cards should be routed
to the process indicated below.
6. Sort all cards from Pile V-62 (One Room, Monthly Rent of
$4.99 and Less-Code A, Vacant) by CONDITION into the following groups:
CHECK THE SORTING OP THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and
post on lines 36 to 39 and 34 of One Room column of Monthly Rent of
$4.99 and Less section of Table 11D-2. CHECK THE COUNTING AND' TIE
POSTING. The entry for line 35 (Total Reports on Condition) is
obtained by adding the entries on lines 36 to 39. The total of the
entries on lines 34 and 35 must check with the entry on line 1. Place
a rubber band around each of the Condition groups of One Room, Monthly
Rent of $4.39 and Less-Codo A, Vacant cards and place in Piles V—71 to
Condition
After Posting Place in Pile No
Good Condition
Minor Repairs
Major Repairs
Unfit for Use
V—71
V-72
V-73
V—7 4
V—75
No Reoort on Condition
13543
- 18 -
11-D
V-75 as indicated above.
7. Carry through the procedure indicated in paragraph 2 to 6 on
each of the Number of P.ooms groups of Monthly Rent of $4.99 or Less,
Vacant cards (Piles V-63 to V-70). The results should "be posted into
the proper Number of Room column of Monthly Rent of $4.99 or Less
section of Table 11D-2. After the tabulation for any Number of Rooms
group is completed, rubber bands should be placed around Condition
groups of cards and the cards placed in Files V-71 to V-75 by Condi¬
tion. The entries for Total column for Monthly Rent of $4.99 or Less
section should be obtained by adding the corresponding entries in the
Number of Rooms group columns.
8. In the manner indicated in paragraphs 1 to 10 withdraw the
cards for each of the remaining Monthly Rent groups from files V-49
to V—61. Sort the cards for each rent group by Number of Rooms and
place in Files V-52 to V-70. Enter the results in the proper sections
of Table 11D. This tabulation must be carried thru separately for
each of the Monthly Rent group and the cards for the group routed out
of Files V-62 to V-70 before the tabulation of the next group is started.
After the tabulation of any Number of Rooms - Monthly Rent group is
completed, the card should have rubber bands placed around, them and
they should be placed in Files V-71 to V-75 by Condition groups.
S. The entries for the Total section of Table 11D-1 are obtained
by adding the corresponding entries from the various Monthly Rent group
sections of Table 11D-1 to 11D-7. These entries must be very carefully
checked. Enter the figures from lines 2 to 18 (by Type of Structure)
of Total coUamn of Total Vacant units section of Table 11D-1 into lines
2 to 18 of Table 11 column of Check Sheet D. Enter -"-he figures from
13543
- 19 - 11-3
lines 23 to 33 (by Duration of Vacancy) of this same column into lines
25 to 35 of Table 11 column of Check Sheet D. Enter the figures from
lines 34 to 39 ("by Condition) of this same column into lines 19 to 24 of
Table 11 column of Check Sheet D. These entries into Chock Sheet D must-
check with the corresponding entries from previous tables.
10. While all cards for Vacant Units will have been routed into
Files V-71 to V-75 by Condition, if after entry on Check Sheet D
it is found necessary to retabulate any section of Table 113, it
will be found that the Number of Rooms - Monthly Rent Group cards
in each Condition file are segregated by rubber bands and the
previous files ecu be reestablished with ease.
11. The cards for Vacant Units should be held in files V—71 to
V-75 (by Condition) until all dwelling unit tables are completed as
explained in Part VI. Then they should be sorted and filed by blocks.
13543
TABULATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR DWELLING- SURVEY
PART VI
Duplicate Care's;
Derived Sections of Tables 9-B, 9-C, 16-B, and. 16-C
Derived TaUle 15;
Ta"bles for All Occupancy Groups.
Prepared "by: Office of Statistical Coordinator, PERA
Division of Economics and Statistics, PHA
June 1, 1935
13543
TABULATION INSTRUCTIONS POR DUELLING 5UR7LY
PART VI
Duplicate cards; Derived Sections of Table 9-33, 9-C, 16-B
and 16-C and Derived TableJL.5', and Tables for All Occupancy
Groups.
Introduction
Part VI presents instructions for correction of tables from
duplicate cards which have "been prepared, as explained in Part II.
This section also explains the method of deriving Number of Persons
per Room section of Tables 3-3, 9-C; and 16-B and 16-C when these
tables are posted as explained in paragraph 13 of Table 10; and the
method of deriving the Number of Persons per Room by Number of Rooms
jind by Monthly Rent for Table 15. This is following by a detailed
method of preparing Tables 7-A to 11-A, 13-A. 16-A and the Total sec¬
tions of Tables 12, 14 and 15. In conclusion, after the completion
of all tabulation for Tables 1 to 16, the method of recasting all
cards for final filing by blocks is outlined.
Preparation of Revised Tables.
As explained in the Introductory section of Tabulation Instruc¬
tions (Part II) duplicate cards are prepared for all cards on v ich
editing or coding errors have been discovered during tabulation of
Tables 1 to 14 and 16. After all tables for Owner Occupied Units,
Tenant Occupied Units, and Vacant Units have been completed and
checked, and before beginning work on tables for All Dwelling Units,
a set of tables should be prepared on which the entries have been ad¬
justed for the corrections indicated on the duplicate cards. To make
these adjustments, place the proper heading on a new set of table forms
13543
- 2 -
for TaMes 1 to 5 and for Tables 7 to 14 and 16 for Owner, Tenant, and
Vacant Units. Mark REVISED at the top of each of these tables. Before
starting to make adjustments, check through all duplicate cards to
verify the fact that there are not two duplicate cards for any one
dwelling unit.
Treating each of the duplicate cards separately, enter a "-I"
with red pencil in each entry space of the REVISED Tables -which will
be reduced by the change in the card. Enter a "❖1" in each space
which will be increased by the change. Be sure that all sub-totals,
group totals, line totals and grand totals which will be affect I
are marked properly. CHECK THE ENTRY OE INDICATED CHANCES. Obtain
a ne.t total of the "-1" and l'*l" figures in each entry space. In
computing this total, the total of number of »~1» entries should be
subtracted from the total of the "+1" entries, if the " - " entries
exceed the " +• " entries for any entry space, the result should have
a " - " sign before it. Check the tables in the manner indicated in
the tabulation instructions. The entry in a "Total" space or line
must check with the total of the entries on the lines for groups
making up the total. Ror any page of the tables on which no revi¬
sions are indicated on the REVISED Tables, mark the corresponding
original table NO REVISION; mark all other original tables on which
revisions are indicated ORIGINAL. In making these adjustments
NEVER CHANGE ENTRIES ON THE ORIGINAL TABLES. The list presented be¬
low indicates the tables which must be changed because of changes in
the entries on any of the cards.
13543
Adjust the figures given on the original tables for the revi¬
sions indicated on the REVISED Tables and enter results, in ink, on
the REVISED Tables. Cheek all of these final figures to see that the
tables balance to column, group and grand totals.
In the "Group of Cards" column below, indicates that cards
for Units Under Construction are to be omitted. These cards will be
used only on Table 1.
Item Group of Cards Tables to be Changed
Type of Structure All white cards* 3, 4, 5
(Owner-Occupied 4
(white cards
(Type 1 to 6
All cards* 8, 11
Cards* for Occupied Units ?, 9
White cards* for Type 10 or 11 2
Original Type White cards* for Type 10 or 11 2
Year Converted White cards* for Type 10 or 11 2
i
Exterior
Materials All white cards* 6
Stories All white cards* 3
Basement All white cards* 3
Year Built All white cards* 3, 5
All cards* 10
Garage All white cards* 3
Condition All white cards* 5, 6
Owner Occupied white cards*
Type 1 to 6 4
All cards* 8, 11, 12
13543
«o 4 —
Item
Value of entire
Property
Encumbrance
Occupancy
Duration of
Occupancy
Duration of
Vacancy
Monthly Rent
Furniture in Rent
Rooms in Unit ^
Plumbing Equipment
Heating
Lighting
Cooking
Refrigeration
Total Persons
(2)
Number and Age of, .
Persons ^ '
Group of Cards Tables to be Changed
Cards* for Occupied Units 13
Cards* for Negro and Other Race 16 (when posted)
Owner Occupied, white cards*,
Type 1 to 6
All white cards*
Owner Occupied, white cards*
Type 1 to 6
All white cards*
All cards*
Cards* for Negro and Other Race
Cards* for Occupied Units
4
5
4, 5
7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14
16 (when posted)
8, 11
Cards* for Vacant Units 8D, 11D
All cards* 10, 11
Cards* for Negro and Other Race 16 (when posted)
Cards* for Tenant and Vacant Units 11
All Cards*
Cards* for Negro and Other Race
All Cards*
Cards* for Occupied Units
All Cards*
Cards* for Occupied Units
11
16 (when posted)
10, 12
9
10
9
Cards* for Occupied Units 9, 11
Cards* for Negro and Other Race 16 (when posted)
Cards* for Occupied Units
13
13543
- 5 -
Item Group of Cards Tables to be Changed
Race of Household Cards* for Occupied Units 10
Cards* for Negro and Other Race 15 (when posted)
Roomers Cards* for Occupied Units 9, 10, 13
Extra Families -
No. of Cards* for Occupied Units 11, 14
Extra Families -
No. of Cards* for Occupied Units 11
Persons in
Persons per Room Cards* for Occupied Units 7, 13, 14
Children Cards* for Occupied Units 7, 11, 12
^Any change in Rooms in Unit might change persons per Room code,
which will affect Tables 7, 13, 14. ^or Type of Structure, 1 to 6,
the Total Rooms in Structure would be changed affecting Table 4.
(?)
v Any change in Total Persons might change Persons per Room which
will affect Tables 7, 13, 14.
(3)
Any change in Age of Persons might change Number of Children
which will affect Table 7, 11 and 12.
Derived Sections of Tables
Instructions for Table 9-33, 9-C, 16-B, 16-C and 15
After all Tables for Owner Occupied, Tenant Occupied, and
Vacant Units have been posted and checked and after revised tables
have been prepared as explained previously in this part of the Tabula¬
tion Instruction.?, it will be found that certain sections are missing
and are to be derived according to the following instructions. These
derived sections should be based on tables marked REVISED or NO REVISION,
not on tables marked ORIGINAL. The Persons per Room section of Table
93 and 9C have not been entered. The Persons per Room sec¬
tion by Number of Rooms on Table 163 and 16G, and the Persons
13543
- 6 -
per Room section by Number of Persons on Table 163 and 16C must be
entered when these tables are posted; also the entire Table 15 for
Owner Occupied and Tenant Occupied Units must be prepared for Persons
per Room by Number of Rooms and by Monthly Rent. Charts have been
prepared illustrating how the code symbols are to be related to each
entry and also how the derived sections of the tables are to be filled
in. Follow these charts carefully. Code symbols have been used to
designate the entry and to indicate where it is to be placed. The
chart corresponding "to the section of the table from which the entry
is to be obtained assigns a code symbol to each space in which a re¬
lated entry appears. If similar symbols appear on the chart, the
entries which they represent arc to be added together. The chart
corresponding to the section of the table to be derived assigns a
code symbol to every space into which an entry is to be placed. Thus
the entry on one table is transferred to the proper space on the de¬
rived table by the use of these symbols.
TABLE 9 IB
Persons Per Room Section as Obtained from Table 11-3-1
1. In accordance with the note, paragraph 12 of the Posting
Instructions for Table 93 the entries are to be obtained from Table
11-3-1 Total section of the table. Obtain this section of Table 11-3.
Using Chart I, observe how the code symbols for Persons per Room apply
to each entry in the Number of Persons section of Table 11-R-l of the
Number cf Persons Section of Tablo 11-B-l and 11-C-l for Total division of
CHART I the Table, and Table 15 showing the method in which the code for Persons per Room
applies to each entry by Number of Persons.
Tablo
1
Number of Dwelling
Units by:
11
Lino
No.
16
Lino
No.
Total
No Rcpt. 1
cn Rooms Room
2
Rooms
3
Rooms
b
Rooms
5
Rooms
6
Rooms
7
Rooms
8 Rooms
or More
No Report on
Persons
19
16
x(o)
x(o)
x(o)
x(0)
x(o)
x(o)
x(o)
x(o)
x(0)
Total Reports
on Persons
20
17
*
NUMBER
1 Person
21
18
x(l)
0(1)
A(l)
A(l)
A(l)
A(l)
A (l)
A(l)
A(l)
OF
2 Persons
22
19
X(2)
E(2)
0(2)
B(2)
A(2)
A(2)
A (2)
A (2)
A (2)
UNITS
3 Persons
23
20
x(3)
F(3)
3(3)
C(3)
B(3)
3(3)
A(3)
A(3)
A(3)
BY
b Persons
2b
21
xdO
F (b)
E(d)
D (b)
C (b)
C ao
B (b)
3(14-)
A (b)
NUMBER
5 Persons
25
22
x(5)
F(5)
F(5)
E(5)
3(5)
c(5)
0(5)
3(5)
E(5)
OF
6 Porsuns
26
23
x(6)
F(6)
F(6)
E(6)
r/6)
3(6)
c(6)
3(6)
3(6)
PERSONS
7 Persons
27
2b
x(7)
F(7)
F(7)
F(7)
E(7)
3(7)
3(7)
3(7)
3(7)
8 Persons
28
25
X(8)
F(8)
F(8)
F(8)
E(8)
E(8)
3(8)
3(8)
C (8)
9 Persons
29
26
x(9)
F(9)
F(9)
F(9)
F(9)
E(9)
3(9)
3(9)
3(9)
10 Persons
30
27
X(10)
F(10)
F(10) F(10)
E(10)
E(10)
E(10)
3(10)
3(10)
11 Persons
31
28
x(ll)
F(ll)
F(ll) F(ll)
F(ll)
F(ll)
E(ll)
E(ll)
3(11)
or more
Note -
• Add horizontally all entries'represented by similar code
symbols.
CHART II
Section of Table 9B and C showing the method, by which the entries from the
Number of Persons section of Table ll-B-l and 11-C-l, Total section are to bo
Transferred to the Persons per Room section of Table 93 and C.
Table Total X.
Number of Dwelling 9 16 No.of Rep. 12 3 ij. 5 6 7 • 8 9 10 11 Per.
Units by: Line Line on Units Per. Pers. Pers. Pers, Pers. Pers. Pers. Pers. Pers. Pers. or More
No. No. Persons
X.No Report on
Persons per Room 56 h5 X(0) X(l) X(2) X(3) X(l>) X(5) X(6) X(7) X(8) X(9) X(lO) X(ll)
Total Reports on
NUMBER
Persons per Room
57
L6
OF
UNITS
A.
.50 or less
58
hi
BY
NUMBER
B.
.51 to ..75
59
h%
OF
PERSONS
c.
.76 to 1.00
60
k9
PER
ROOM
D.
1.01 to 1.50
61
50
E.
1.51 to 2.00
62
51
F.
2.01 or More
63
52
A(l) A(2) A(3) A(U)
. B(2) 3(3) B(L.) B(5) B(6) '
c(1) C(2) c(3) c(b) c(5) c(6) 6(7) c(8)
D(3) D&) D(5) D(6) D(7) D(8) D(9) D(IO) D(II)
E(2) E(U) E(5) E(6) E(7) E(8) E(9) E(lO) E(ll)
F(3) F(1+) F(5) F(6) F(7) F(8) F(9) F(lO) F(ll)
1
CD
J
Total Rent section. On Chart II it should also he noted ho v.- the code
is to he entered into the Persons per Room section of Table 93, The
number portion of the code symbol is used to designate the Number of
Persons line on Table 11 from which the entry is to be obtained and
also the Number of Persons column of Table 9B into which it is to be
entered.
2. As an example of how Chart I is developed; 4 persons in 4
rooms is 1 person per room, since this falls in the .76 to 1.00
Persons per Room group which is coded C, and since the code was
determined by using 4 persons, it is entered as C(4). To relate this
to Chart II locate the code C line (.76 to 1.00 Persons per Room) and
the corresponding entry is found in the 4 Persons column. If, as in
this case, any other combination of 4 persons with another number of
rooms falls in the same code group (4 persons in 5 rooms is .80 Persons
per Room), it must be added to the first entry from Chart I to obtain
the total, which becomes the entry in Chart II.
3. In this manner the entry in the Persons per Room section of
Table 93 for .50 or less Persons per Room - Code A, (line 58), in the
1 Person column is designated A(l). This A(l) is obtained from the 1
Person line (line 21), of Table 11-3-1, Total section by adding the
entries from 2 Rooms to 8 Rooms or More columns, which also are
designated A(l). Similarly the entry for the 2 Persons column on this
line (designated A(2) ) is obtained by adding the entries on the 2
Persons line (line 23), 4 Rooms to 8 Rooms or More columns, which also
are designated A(2).
4. In posting it is best to start at the right side of the
Total section of Table 11-B-l, 1 Person line, (line 21) and add
similar code groups horizontally to the left to obtain the totals
for posting the entries in the 1 Person column of the Persons per
Room section of Table 93. In this manner the sum of the A(l) entries
on line 21, Table 11-B-l is posted to the A(l) entry of line 58 One
Person column of Table 9B. The C(l) entry on line 21, Table 11-B-l
is posted to the C-l entry of line 60, One Person column of Table
9B, and the X(l) entry on line 21, Table 11-3-1 is posted to the
X(l) entry of line 56, One Person column, Table 9B. Continuing in
this manner add the similar codes on line 22 of Table 11-3-1 and
post to the 2 Person column of the Fersons per Room section of Table
9B, and so on until the posting is completed.
5. After all of the entries have been made on the Persons
per Room section of Table 9B from Table 11-3-1, obtain the entries
for each column of lint 57 (Total Reports on Persons per Room) by add¬
ing the entries on lines 58 to 63. The total of the entries on lines
56 and 57 should check with the entry on line 1. The entries for the
Total Number of Units column are obtained by adding the corresponding
entries in all of the Number of Persons in Unit columns of the Table.
These entries should be carefully checked. It should be noted that
there will be no entry in the Total Number of Persons in Units with
11 or More Persons column in this section of .the table. Enter the
figures from lines 56 to 63 (by Persons per Room) of the Total Number
of Units column of Table 9B into lines 19 to 25 of the. Table 9 column
13543
- 11 -
of Check Sheet B. These entries need not check exactly with the
entries from the previous tables because of the method "by which
they were obtained, "but the work should "be very carefully checked
to assure accuracy. This completes the tabulation of Table 9B.
TABLE 9C
Porsons per Room Section as Obtained from Table 11-C-l
To obtain the entries for Table 9C, Tenant Occupied Units,
follow the same procedure outlined in the instructions for obtaining
the Persons per Room entries for Table 9B, Owner Occupied Units.
Instead of using Table 11-B-l, Total section, for Owner Occupied
Units, and posting the entries to Tables 9B, use Table 11-C-l, Total
section, for Tenant Occupied Units and post the entries to Table 9C.
Use Chart I and Chart II as outlined in the instructions for Table
9B. The Check Sheet.entries should be made into Check Sheet C from
Table 9C in the same manner as indicated in Table 9B instructions.
TA3LE 15
Derived From Table 11-3-1 to 7 and Table 11-C-l to 7
This Table presents a breakdown of Occupied Dwelling Units by
Occivpancy, by Persons per Room, by Number of Rooms, and Monthly
Rent groups. There is only one page to this table, and the data for
Owner Occupied units are entered on lines 26 to 50, and the data for
Tenant Occupied units are posted on lines 51 to 75.
2. The Number of Rooms entries, lines 27 to 36 of the Owner
Occupied section of Table 15 by Persons per Room are derived from the
13543
- 13 -
Total section of Table 11-E-l. Obtain this section of Table 11-B.
Using Chart III observe how the code symbols for Persons per Room
apply to each entry in the Number of Persons section of Tabl. 11-R-l
of the Total Rent section. On Chart IV it should also be noted how
the entry is to be made in the Number of Rooms section of Table 15,
linos 27 to 36. The number portion of the code symbol is used to
designate the Number of Rooms column of Table 11 from which the
entry is to be obtained and also the Number of Rooms line of Table
15 into which it is to be entered. As an example of how Chart III
is developed; 5 persons in 5 rooms is one person per room, since
this falls in the .76 to 1.00 Person per Room group which is code
C, and since the code is determined bv using 5 rooms it is entered
as C(5). To relate this to Chart IV, locate the code C column (.76
to 1.00 Persons per Room) and the corresponding entry will bo
found on the 5 rooms line. If, as in this case, any other combi¬
nation of 5 rooms with any other number of persons falls in the
same code group (4 Persons in 5 Rooms is .80 persons per Rom), they
must be added to the first entry from Chart III to obtain the total,
which becomes the entry in Chant IV. Thus, it is necessary to add to¬
gether similar codes with the same Number of Rooms designation to ob¬
tain the entry to be posted according to Chart IV into Table 15. The
.method indicated below should be followed; Starting in the 1 Room
column the entry from line 21 of Table 11 is designated C(l). This
entry is related to the One Room line, line 29, in the code C (.76 to
1.00 Persons per Room) column of Table 15. The next entry from the
Number of Persons Section of Table 11-B-l and 11-C-l Total division of the Table,
CHART III Showing the method in which the code for Persons per Room applies to each entry by Number
of Rooms.
Table
Number of Dwelling
Units by:
11
Line
No.
16
Line
T\T_
uO •
Total
No.Rept.
on Rooms
1
Room'
2
Rooms
3
Rooms
k
Rooms
5
Rooms
6
Rooms
7
Rooms
8 Rooms
or Fore
No Report on
Persons
19
16
x(o)
X(l)
X(2)
x(3)
Xdl)
x(5)
X(6)
x(7)
X(8)
Total Reports
on Persons
20
17
,
NUMBER
1 Person
21
18
x(o)
C(1)
A(2)
A(3)
A(k)
A(5)
A (6)
A (7)
A(8)
OF
2 Persons
22
19
x(o)
E(l)
c (2)
B(3)
A(b)
A(5)
A(6)
A (7)
acs)
UNITS
3 Persons
23
20
x(0)
F(l)
D(2)
c(3)
B(k)
B(5)
A(6)
A (7)
A(8)
BY
I4 Persons
2)4
21
x(0)
F(l)
E(2)
B(3)
0(h)
c(5)
B (6 )
B(7)
A(8)
number
5 Persons
25
22
x(0)
F(l)
F (2)
E(3)
d (h)
c(5)
c(6)
B(7)
B(3)
OF
6 Persons
26
23
x(0)
F(D
F(2)
E(3)
V(k)
D(5)
c(6)
0(7)
B(8)
PERSONS
7 Persons
27
2k
x(0)
F (l)
F (2 )
F(3)
E(4)
D(9)
d(6)
c(7)
0(8)
8 Persons
28
25
x(0)
F(l)
F (2)
F(3)
EdO
E(5)
D(6)
D(7)
0(8)
9 Persons
29
26
x(o)
F(l)
F (2)
F(3)
f(10
E(5)
d(6)
E(7)
d(8)
10 Persons
30
27
x(0)
F (l)
F (2)
F(3)
F(10
E(5)
e(6)
E(7)
D(8)
11 Persons
31
28
X(0)
F(l)
F (2)
F(3)
F(ix)
F(5)
E(6)
E(7)
D(8)
or More
Note -
Add vertically all entries represented by
similar
code symbols.
CHART IV Section of Table 15 showing the method by which the entries from the Number of Persons
Section of Table 11-3-1 and 11-C-l, Total'Section are to be transferred to the Number of
Rooms Section of Table 15
Line Ho, X. Ho Rep. A B C D E F
Oimer Tenant TOTAL on Persons .50 or .51 to .76 to 1.01 to 1.51 "to 2.00
Sect. Sect. per Room Less .75 1.0C 1.50 2.00 or More
No Report on Rooms
27
52
x(o)
Total Report on Rooms
28
53
1 Room
29
5h
X(l)
c(D
E(l)
F(l)
2 Rooms
30
55
X(2)
A(2)
c (2)
D(2)
E(2)
F(2)
3 Rooms
31
56
X(3)
A (3)
B(3)
c(3)
B(3)
E(3)
F(3)
4 Rooms
32
57
x(i+)
A (h)
B(4)
C&)
D(U)
E(lp)
F(i|)
5 Rooms
33
58
x(5)
A(5)
B(5)
c(5)
D(5)
E(5)
F(5)
6 Rooms
3>;
59
x(6)
A(6)
B(6)
c(6)
D(6)
E(6)
F(6)
7 Rooms
35
60
x(7)
A (7)
B(7)
c(7)
D(7)
E(7)
F(7)
8 Rooms or More
36
61
X(8)
A(8)
B(8)
C(8)
D(8)
13543 - 15 -
One Room column, line 22 of Table 11 is designated. E(l). This
entry is related to the One Room lino, line 29, in the code E (1.51
to 2.00 Persons Per Room) column of Table 15. The next entry in
the One Room column, line 23, is designated E(l), also the remaining
entries in the One Room column of Table 11 are designated P(l). To
obtain the P(l) entry for the One Room lino of column F of Table 15
it is necessary to add all of the F(l) entries and post as indicated.
The last entry in the One Room column, line 19, of Table 11 is designated
X(l). This entry is placed on the One Room line, line 29, in
the code X. No Report on Persons per Room column of Table 15. Con¬
tinue on, following the same procedure in each Number of Rooms column
Table 11, adding the entries with a similar code designation and.
posting to the proper Number of Rooms, line, and Persons per Room
column of Table 15.
3. After all of the entries have been made from Table 11 to
Table 15 as indicated by Chart IV, obtain the entries for line 28,
(Total Reports on Rooms), by adding the entries from linos 29 to 36.
The entry for line 26 is obtained by adding the entries on lines 27
and 28. The entry on line 26 X. No Report on Persons per Room
column of Table 15, must check with the entry from the Rurnbor of Per¬
sons per R^om section, X. No Report on Persons par Room line, lino 56
of the Total Number of Units column of Table S3. The entries on Total
Number of Owner Occupied Units line, line 26 of the X. No Report on
Persons per Room column and the A (.50 or Less) to F (2.00 or More)
columns must check with the entries on lines 56 and 58 to 63 from the
13543
- 16 -
Number of Persons per Room section of the Total Number of Units
column of Table 9B. The entries for the Total column of Table 15
lines 26 to 36 are obtained by adding the corresponding entries
in all of the Number of Persons per Room columns. The entries in
the Total column, lines 27 and 29 to 36, must check with the entries
on line 1 (Total Number of Dwelling Units) No Heport on Rooms column
to 3 Rooms or More column of the Total section of Table 11-5-1.
4. The Monthly Rent group entries, lines 37 to 50, are derived
from the Rent group sections of Table 11-B-l to 7. Obtain all
pages of Table 11-3. Starting with page 11-3-1 obtain Chart V and
note how the code symbols for Persons per Room apply to the Number
of Persons section of the No Report on Rent section of this table.
There is no chart used to relate these codes to Table 15 as all
similar code symbols must be added together to obtain the entries
for the Persons per Room columns. Chart V has been marked off to
aid in distinguishing the entries to be added together. Thus, all
entries designated code A on Chart V for the No Report on Rent group
are added together ana are posted on the No Report on Rent line, line
37, column A (.50 or less, Persons per Room). Similarly, all of the
items designated code B are added together and posted on line 37 (No
Report on Rent) in column B (.51 to .75, Persons per Room). Continue
in the same manner adding each code group and posting on the No Report
on Rent line in the proper Persons per Room section of Table 15.
5. Repeat the procedure indicated in paragraph 4 for each
Monthly Rent group of Table 11-B, posting to the proper Monthly Rent
line and in the proper Persons per Room column of Table 15. After all
CHART V Number of Persons Section of Table 11-B and 11-C for any Rent Group Division of the Table
showing the method in which the code for Persons per Rooms applies to each entry.
Number of Dwelling
Units by:
Line
No.
TOTAL
No Rep.
on Rooms
1
Room
2
Rooms
3
Rooms
h
Rooms
5
Rooms
6
Rooms
7
Rooms
8 Rooms
or More
No Report
on Persons
19
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Total Rep.
on Persons
20
NUMBER
1 Person
21
X
C
\ A
A
A
A
A
ft
iL
A
\
\
.
OF
UNITS
BY
NUMBER
OF
PERSONS
2 Persons
22
X
E \
C
^ B
\ A
A
A
A
A
3 Persons
23
X
D
\ B
B
\ A
A
A
h Persons
2h
X
F I
E ^
\c
c
c \
B
I
B
A
5 Persons
25
X
F
F
e \
D
C
C
B
B
6 Persons
26
X
F
F
E
\ D
D
c
C
B
7 Persons
27
X
F
F
F 1
E
D
D
C
C
8 Persons
28
X
F
F
F 1
E
E
D
D
C
9 Persons
29
X
F
F
F
F
E
D
D
D
10 Persons
30
X
F
F
F
F
E
E
D
D
11 Persons
31
X
F
F
F
F
F
E
E
D
or More
13543
- 18 -
Rent groups have "been so treated and entered to Table 15, obtain the
entries for line 38, Total Reports on Rent, by adding the entries
from lines 39 to 50. The sum of the entries on lines 37 and 38 must
check with the entry on line 25 in each column. The entries for the
Total column are obtained by adding the corresponding entries on each
line from line 37 to 50. The entries in the Total column on lines 37
and 39 to 50 must check with the entries on line 1 (Total Number of
Dwelling Units) for each Monthly Rent column (columns X to L) of Table
10-B,
6. The data for the Tenant Occupied section of the table, lines
51 to 75, are obtained in the same manner as indicated in paragraphs 2
to 5 with the exception that Table 11-C-l to 7 are used to obtain the
data and the entries should be checked against Table 90 instead of Table
9B, and against Table 10-C instead of Table 10-B.
TABLE 16B
Persons per Room Sections as Derived from the Number of
Persons Section of Table 163
1. When Table 16 has qualified for posting as explained in
paragraph 13 of Part III or IV of the Tabulation Instructions, and
has been posted in accordance with the Tabulation Instructions,
Part VII, then it is necessary to derive the Persons per Room section
by Number of Rooms, lines 36 to 43, from the Number of Persons section
of this same table from lines 16 to 28, Use Chart III wi th the set of
line numbers designated for Table 16. Apply the code symbols to each
line and column as illustrated on this Chart. Since this Chart has
been used in the derivation of Table 15 any information as to how it
is worked out can be obtained by reference to posting instructions for
13543
- 19 -
that table.
2. In the process of posting start in the One Room column. The
entry on line 18 of this column designated C(l) is entered into line
40 (.76 to 1.00, Persons per Room - Code C) of the same column. The
entry on line 19 of this column designated E(l) of the One Room column
is entered on line 42 (1.51 to 2.00, Persons per Room - Code E) of the
same column. The entries in the One Room column from lines 20 to 28
designated E(l) must be added together and the total entered into line
43 (2.01 or more Persons per Room - Code E) of the same column. The
entry on line 16, designated X(l) of the One Room column is entered to
line 36 (No Report on Persons per Room - Code X) of the same column.
Continuing in this manner add all similar code symbols in each Number
of Rooms column and post to the proper code line of the Persons per
Room section by Number of Rooms in the same column. The entries for
line 37, Total Reports on Persons per Room, are obtained by adding the
entries on lines 38 to 43. The sum of the entries on lines 36 and 37
must check with the entry on line 1 of this table. The entries for the
Total column are obtained by adding the corresponding entries from each
Number of Rooms column.
3. In the same manner indicated, in obtaining the Persons per
Room section of Tafble 9B turn to Cha.rts I and II. Apply Chart I to the
Number of Persons section of Table 18 using the line numbers designated
for Table 16. Following the same general procedure as used in Table 9
relate these entries to Chart II, using the line numbers designated for
Table 16 and post to the proper line of the Persons per Room section by
13543
— 20 —
Number of Persons (lines 45 and 47 to 52) of Table 16, This procedure
is to add all similar code symbols from right to left to obtain the
entry and post to the proper column and code designation of Table IS.
Refer to instructions for deriving the Persons per Room section of
Table 9 for details.
4. The entries for line 46 (Total Reports on Persons per Room)
are obtained by addingcthe entries on lines 46 to 52. The entry for
line 44 is obtained by adding the entries on lines 45 and 46. The
entries for the Total column are obtained by adding the corresponding
entries from each Number of Persons column. The entries in the Total
column on lines 45 to 52 must check with the entries in the Total
column on lines 36 to 43. The entries on line 44 from the X. No Report
on Persons column and each Number of Persons column must check with the
entries on lines 16 and 16 to 28 of Table 16-B.
TABLE 16-C
The entries for the Persons per Room by Number of Rooms and Per¬
sons per Room by Number of Persons sections for Table 16-C arc obtained
in identically the same manner as outlined for Table 16-B, obtaining all
data from and checking all entries to Table 16-C.
TABLES EOR ALL OCCUPANCY CROUPS
The tabulation of Tables 7-A to 11-A, 13-A, 16-A and Total All
Units sections of Tables 12, 14, and 15 as well as the derived sec¬
tions of Tables 9B, 90, 15, 163, and 16C should be based on the
tables marked REVISED or NO REVISION, not on tables marked ORIGINAL.
In preparing these Total All Units tables it will be found most con¬
venient to use an adding machine and to employ the following procedure.
13543
- 21 -
In obtaining entries for Table 7-A, place Table 7-C on top of Table 7-!
so that only the "Total" column of Table 7-5 is visible at the left.
In the same manner place- the blank Table 7-A form on top of Table 7-C
so that only the "Total" column of Table 7-C is visible at the left.
Place a ruler or straight edge immediately below line 1 of Table 7-5,
7-C and 7-A. Add the entries in "Total" column of Tables 7-B and 7-C,
and post in corresponding space of Table 7-A. Pollow through this
same procedure with entries on all lines of "Total" column. Chock the
group totals, and grand total with the items included in the total.
Move the sheets to the left until the second column of Table 7-5 and
7-C are visible and carry through those operations with the entries
in this column. Continue in this manner until Table 7-A is completed.
Check the entries in "Total" column with the total of the entries in
the other columns on the tables. A similar procedure can be followed
on each of the tables.
TABLP 7A
1. This Table presents a breakdown of all Occupied Dwelling
Units by Type of Structure, by Number of Persons per Hoom, by Number
of Children in the Unit. There is one section to this Table, which
is "Table 7-A, All Occupied Units". The proper headings for this
Table should be placed at the top of a "Table 7 ,
form.
2. The entries for Tables 7-A are obtained by adding the corre¬
sponding entries on Table 7-B (Owner Occupied Units) and Table 7-C
13543
22 -
(Tenant Occupied Units). After these entries are obtained t;ey
should be carefully checked in the following manner: In each Per¬
son per Room group the Total Reports on Children entry must check
with the total of the Number of Children groups; in each Person per
Room group the total of No Report on Children, plus the Total Re¬
ports on Children must check with the Total All Units; each entry
in Total - All Persons Per Room groups section must check with the
total of the corresponding entries in each of the Person per Room
sections; the entries in column 7-A (Apartment - Total) must check
with the total of the entries in columns 7-3, 7-C, 7-D and 7-E
(Apartment by Size Group Columns); the entries in the total column
must check with the total of the entri es in columns X, 1 to 7-A, 8
to 11.
TABLE 8-A
1. This Table presents a breakdown of all Occupied Dwelling
Units by Type of Structure, by Condition, by Duration of Occupancy.
There is one section to this Table which is "Table 8-A, All Occupied
Units". The proper headings for this Table should be placed at the
top of "Table 8 , " form.
2. The entries for Table 8-A are obtained by adding the corre¬
sponding entries on Table 8-3 (Owner Occupied Units) and Table 8-C
(Tenant Occupied Units). It should be observed that the entries on
Table 8~D (Vacant Units) are not to be included in the Totals for
Table 8-A. After these entries are obtained, they should be care¬
fully checked in the following manner. In each Condition Group the
13543
- 23 -
Total Reports on Duration entry oust check with the total of the
entries for the Duration Groups; in each Condition group the total
of No Report on Duration plus the total Reports on Duration nust
check with Total All Units; the entries in column 7-A (Apartment -
Total) must check with the total of the entries on columns 7-3, 7-C,
7-D and 7-3 (Apartment by Size Group Columns); the entries in the
total column must check with the total of the entries in columns X,
1 to 7-A, 8 to 11.
TABLE 9-A
1. 'This Table presents a breakdown of all Occupied Dwelling
Units by Number of Persons in Unit, by Type of Structure, Heating
Equipment, Lighting Equipment, Cooking Equipment, Refrigerating Equip¬
ment, Number of Roomers and Extra Families.' There is one section to
this Table which is "Table 9-A All Occupied Units". The proper head¬
ings for this Table should be placed at the top of a "Table 9 ,
" form,
2. The entries for Table 9-A are obtained by adding the
corresponding entries on Table 9-B (Owner Occupied Units) and Table
9-C (Tenant Occupied Units). After these entries are obtain* d, they
should be carefully checked in the following manner: In each section
the Total Reports on the Item must check with the total of the groups
in the section; in each section the No Report on the Item plus Total
Reports on the Item must check with the entry on Line 1; the entry
in Total Number of Units Column must check with the Total of the en¬
tries in Column X (No Report on Persons) plus 1 Person to 11 Persons
or More columns.
13543
- 24 -
TABLE 10-A
1. This Table presents a breakdown of all Dwelling Units by -
Monthly Rent Group by Plumbing Equipment, Heating Equipment, Light¬
ing Equipment, Cooking Equipment, Refrigerating Equipment, Year
Built, Number of Roomers and Race of Household. There is one sec¬
tion to this Table which is "Table 10-A, All Dwelling Units". The
proper headings for this table should be placed at the top of "Table
10 , " form.
2. The entries for Lines 1 to 46 of Table 10-A are obtained by
adding the corresponding entries on Table 10-B (Owner Occupied Units),
Table 10-C (Tenant Occupied Units) and Table 10-D (Vacant Units). Tho
entries for Lines 47 to 59 of Table 10-A are obtained by adding the
corresponding entries on Table 10-B (Owner Occupied Units) and Table
10-C (Tenant Occupied Units). After these entries are obtained, they
should be carefully checked in the following manner: In each section
of the Table the entries for Total Reports on the Item must check with
the entries for the Groups in the Item; in each section of the Table
except Number of Roomers section and Race of Household section the
total of No Reports on the Item plus total Reports on the Item must
check with the entries on Line 1; the entries in Total All Units
column must check with the total of the entries in Column X and A to
L (Monthly Rent Group Columns).
TABLE 11-A
1. This Table presents a breakdown of all Dwelling Units by
Monthly Rent Group, by Number of Rooms, by Type of Structure, Number
13543
- 25 -
of Persons, Furniture, Duration, Number of Children, Extra Families
and Condition. There are seven pages to this Table which are::
Table 11A-1
Table 11A-2
Table 11A-3
Table 11A-4
Table 11A-5
Table 11A-6
Table 11A-7
All units
All units
All units
All units
All units
All units
All units
Total, No report on rent
Pent of $4.99 or less, $5.00 to $9.99
Rent of $10.00 to $14.99, $15.00 to $19.99
Rent of $20.00 to $24.99, $25.00 to $29.99
Rent of $30.00 to $39.99, $40.00 o $49.99
Rent of $50.00 to $74.99, $75.00 ta $99.99
Rent of $100.00 to $149.99, $150.00 or more
Enter the proper headings for the Table at the top of a "Table 11 ,
, , " forms.
2. The entries for Lines 1 to 13 (By Type of Structure) of each
of the pages of Table 11-A are obtained by adding the corresponding
entries on the corresponding pages of Table 11-B (Owner Occupied
Units), Table 11-C (Tenant Occupied Units) and Table 11-D (Vacant
Units). The entries for Lines 19 to 32 (By Number of Persons), Lines
37 to 45 (By Duration of Occupancy), Lines 47 to 53 (By Number of
Children), Lines 54 to 58 (By Number of Extra Families), Lines 59 to
55 (Extra Families by Number of Persons) are obtained by adding the
corresponding entries on the corresponding pages of Table 11-B and
11-C. The entries for Lines 33 to 36 (by Furniture) are obtained by
adding the entries on Lines 33 to 36 of Table 11-C (Tenant Occupied
Units) and Lints 19 to 22 of Table 11-D (Vacant Units) of the correspond¬
ing pages of these Tables. The entries for Lines 65 to 71 of Table 11-A
are obtained by adding the entries on Lines 66 to 71 of the correspond¬
ing pages of Table 11-B and 11-C and the entries on Lines 34 to 39 of
the corresponding pages of Table 11-D. After these entries are obtained,
they should be carefully checked in the following manner: In each sec¬
tion of the Table the total Reports on the Item must check with the total
of the entries for the item. In each section of each page the entries
13543
- 26 -
in the Total column must check with the total of the entries in No
Report on Rooms and One Room to Sight Rooms or More columns. The
entries in total All Rent Groups section of Table 11 A-l must check
with the total of the corresponding entries in each of the Rent Group
sections on Pages 1 to 7 of Table 11-A.
TABLE 12
1. This Ta.ble presents a breakdown of all Swelling Units by
Occupancy, by Condition, by Plumbing Equipment ana Number of Children.
There is only one section to this Table which is "Table 12". The
entries for total All Swelling Units appear in the left section of
Lines 1 to 19 of the Table.
2. The entries for Lines 1 to 11 (by Plumbing Equipment) section
of All Swelling Units section of Table 12 are obtained by adding the
corresponding entries on Lines 1 to 11 of Vacant Units, Owner Occupied
Units and Tenant Occupied Units sections of the Table. The entries
for Line 12 (Total All Occupied Units) and Lines 13 to 19 (Number of
Children in Unit) of All Swelling Units section of the Table are
obtained by adding the corresponding entries on Line 20 and 31 to
37 of Owner Occupied Units and Tenant Occupied Units sections of the
Table. After these entries are obtained, they should be carefully
checked in the following manner: The total of the entries on Lines
4 to 11 must check with the entry on Line 3 (Total Reports on Plumbing )
in each column of the All Dwelling Units section of the Table. The
total of the entries on Lines 2 and 3 must check with the entry on
Line 1 (Total All Units) in each column of All Dwelling Units section.
13543
- 27 -
The total of the entries on Lines 15 to 19 must check with the entry
on Line 14 (Total Reports on Children) in each column of All Dwelling
Units section of the Table. The total of the entries on Lines 13
and 14 must check with the entry on Line 12 (Total All Occupied Units)
in each column of All Dwelling Units section of the Table. The entries
in total column must check with the total of the entries in Column X,
1 to 4 (by Condition) on Lines 1 to 19 of All Dwelling Units section
of the Table.
TABLE 13-A
1. This Table presents a breakdown of all Occupied Dwelling
Units by Condition, by Number of Persons Per Room, by Number of
Roomers and by Number of Persons by Age. There is one section to
this Table which is "Table 13-A, All Occupied Dwelling Units". The
proper headings for this Table should be placed at the top of a
"Table 13 , " form.
2. The entries for Table 13-A are obtained by adding the cor¬
responding entries on Table 13-B (Owner Occupied Units) and Table
13-C (Tenant Occupied Units). After these entries are obtained, they
should be carefully checked in the following manner: In each Condition
group the total Reports on Persons Per Room entry must check with the
total of the Persons Per Room entries. In each Condition group the
total of No Report on Persons Per Room find total reports on Persons
Per Room must chock with the entry on Total Line. Each entry in
total Number of Units — all Conditions section must check with the
total of the corresponding entries in each of the Condition sections.
On each line the total Number of Dwelling Units entry must check with
13543
- 28 -
the total of entries in No Report on Roomers, No Roomers, One Roomer,
to 11 Roomers or More columns. On each line the total Number of
Dwelling Units entry must check with the total of Number of Units with
No Report on Age of Persons plus Number of Units — total Reports on
Age of Persons entries. On each line the total Persons entry must
check with the total of the Persons by Age G-roup entries.
TABLE 14
1. This Table presents a breakdown of Occupied Dwelling Units
by Occupancy, by Number of Persons Per Room, by Number of Extra
Families. There is only one section to this Table which is "Table 14"
and the data for all Occupied Units appears on Lines 1 to 6 of the Table.
2. The entries for total - all Occupied Units section (Lines 1
to 6) of Table 14 are obtained by adding corresponding entries in
all Owner Occupied Units section (Lines 7 to 12) and the corresponding
entries in all Tenant Occupied Units section (Lines 13 to 18). After
these entries are obtained, they should bo carefully checked in the
following manner: In each column entry of Line 3 (Total Reports on
Extra Families) must check with the total of the entries on Linos 4
to 6. In each column the entry on Line 1 (Total) must check with the
total of the entries on Lines 2 and 3. On each line the entry in
total column must check with the total of the entries in Columns X,
and A to P (Persons Per Room) columns.
TABLE 15
1. This Table presents a breakdown of Occupied Dwelling Units
13543
- 29 -
"by Occupancy, "by Number.' of Persons per Room, "by Rooms and Monthly
Rent groups. There is one section to this table which is Table 15
and the data for All Occupied Units appears on lines 1 to 25 of the
Table,
2. The entries for the Total, All Occupied Units Section,
lines 1 to 25 of Table 15, are obtained by adding the corresponding
entries in the All Owner Occupied Units section (lines 26 to 50)
and the corresponding entries in All Tenant Occupied Units section
(lines 51 to 75), After these entries are obtained they should be
carefully checked in the following manner: In each column the sum
of the entries on lines 2 and 3 and the sum of the entries on lines
12 and 13 must check with the entries on line 1. In each column
the sum of the entries on lines 4 to 11 must check with the entry
on line 3 and the sum of the entries on lines 14 to 25 must check
with the entry on line 13. On each line the entry in the Total
column must check with the total of the entries in columns X, and A
to P (Persons per Room) columns.
TABLE 16-A
1. This Table presents a breakdown of All Occupied Dwelling
Units by Occupancy, by Race, by Number of Rooms, by Monthly Rent,
Number of Persons in Unit, Condition, and Number of Persons per
Room; and by Number of Persons in Unit, by Number of Persons per
Room. There is one section to this table for each Race group posted
which is "Table 16-A, All Occupied Units". The proper heading for
this Table should be placed at the top of a "Table 16 , "
form.
13543
- 30 -
2. The entries for Table 16-A are obtained by adding the
corresponding entries on Table 16-B (Owner Occupied Units) and Table
16-C (Tenant Occupied Units). After these entries are obtained they
should should be carefully checked in the following manner: The entry on
line 1 must check with the sum of the entry on line 2 and 3, and the
sum of the entries on line 16 and 17, and the sum of the entries on
line 30 and 31, and the sum of the entries on line 35 and 36. The
entry on line 44 must check with the sum of the entries on lines 45
and 46. The entry *n line 3 must check with the sum of the entries
on line 4 to 15 in each column. T'he entry on line 17 must check with
the sum o^ the entries on lines 18 to 28 in each column. The entry
on line 31 must check with the sum of the entries on lines 32 to 35.
The entry on line 37 must chock with the snm of the entries on lines
33 to 43 in each column. The entry in the Total column of each line
must check with the total of the entries in each Number of Rooms
column, on lines 1 to 43. The entry in the Total Number of Units
column on each line (44 to 52) must check with the total of the entries
in each Number of Persons in the Unit column.
Resort All Cards by Blocks
1. After all of the tables have been completed, withdraw all
cards for Owner Occupied Units from Pile 0-83 to 0-89 (by Persons
per Room); withdraw all cards for Tenant Occupied Units from file
T-83 to T-89 (by Persons per Room); withdraw all cards for VacauJ
Units from Pile V-71 to V-75 (by Condition);' withdraw all cards for
Units Under Construction from Pile X. Combine all of these cards into
one group. Sort the cards by Enumeration District and by Block Number.
13543
- 31 -
CHECK THE- SORTING OF THE CARDS. Sort the cards for each block by
Structure Number. When there is more than one card for a structure
place the white card first in the pile and the yellow cards for the
same structure immediately after the white card. CHECK THE SORTING
OE THE CARDS. Withdraw the Block Pace Cards for the blocks ncluded
in the area from the Filing Division. Count the Form E and Form C
cards for each block and check with the entries on the Elock Face
Cards. The sorter should enter his name and the date opposite
"Tabulation Completed" on the Elock Face Card. The Block Face Card
should be attached to the Forms B and 0 for the block with a rubber
band and returned to the Filing Division.
13543
TABULATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR DWELLING SURVEY
PANT VII
Tables for Occupied Units by Raco of Occupants
Tables 16-B and 16-C
Prepared by: Office of Statistical Coordinator, FERA.
Division of Economics and Statistics, FHA
June 1, 1935
13543
TABULATION INSTRUCTIONS FOB. DWELLING SURVEY
PART VII
Tables 16-B and 16-C
This Table presents a "breakdown of Occupied Dwelling Units by
Occupancy, "by Dumber of Rooms, by Monthly Rent groups, Dumber of Persons
in Unit, Condition of Structure, and Number of Persons per Room; and by
Number of Persons in Unit by Number of Persons per Room for each Color
and Race group of importance in the area. As indicated in paragraph 13
of Table 10 of these instructions, these tables are to be prepared for
each Racial group other than white, which occupied 200 or more dwelling
units and which accounted for 10$ or more of the total occupied dwelling
units in the area. For each Racial group there are three sections of
this table which are:
Table 16-A All Occupied Units
Table 16-B Owner Occupied Units
Table 16-C Tenant Occupied Units
The proper headings, including designation of Racial group should be
placed at the top of a Table 16 , , " form. When the
tests indicated in paragraph 13 of Tables 10-B of Part III and 10-C of
Part IV show that a Race group in the area qualifies for the tabulation
of Table 16, this table should be set up immediately after Table 10-B and
Table 10-C are completed. When the indicated test shows that no Racial
group qualifies for the special tabulation, this table need not be tabu¬
lated. It should be observed that it is possible for Negro Occupied
Dwelling Units to qualify for this tabulation, or for Other Race Dwelling
Units to qualify for tabulation, or for both groups to qualify. When
both groups qualify, two separate sets of Table 16 should be prepared.
13543
- 2 -
Table 16 should never be prepared for dwelling units with White occupancy.
When a Racial group does qualify for the tabulation, the general procedure
indicated below should be followed for that particular Racial group.
Withdraw all cards from each Monthly Sent group file separately and re¬
establish the sort by color or race. This should be easy to do since the
race sort used on Tables 10-B and 10-C were by this grouping and may have
been separated by rubber bands to preserve the groups. The groups which
should be re-established are:
White
Negro
^ Other Race
No Report on Race
CHECK THE SORTING OF THE CARDS. Return the cards separated by rubber bands
to the Monthly Rent group file from which they were withdrawn.
TABLE 16-B
1. This Table presents a breakdown of Owner Occupied Dwelling Units
by Race, by Number of Rooms, by Monthly Rent group, Number of Persons in
Units, Condition of Structure, and Number of Persons per Room; and by
Number of Persons in Unit, by Number of Persons per Room. Por conven¬
ience of presentation the following procedure assumes that the tabula¬
tion is to be prepared for Negro Units and the entries are to be made on
the form prepared for Table 16-B, Owner Occupied Units, Negro.
2. Withdraw all cards from Pile 0-49 (Monthly Rent of $4.59 and
less - Code A, Owner) and select the negro group of cards, returning the
other cards to the file.
13543
- 3 -
3. Sort all Negro Owner Occupied Units from Pile 0-49 "by NUMBER OF
ROOMS IN UNIT into the following groups:
CHECK THE SORTING OP THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on line 4 in the proper Number of Rooms column of Table 16-B. CHECK THE
COUNTING AND THE POSTING. The entry for the Total column is obtained by
adding the corresponding entries in the Number of Rooms column. The entry
on line 4 of the Total column of Table 16-B must check with the entry on
line 58 (Negro) of the A. $4.99 and less column of Table 10-B. After this
tabulation is completed, place rubber bands around the cards and pla.ce
them in files 0-62 to 0-70 by Number of Rooms, as indicated above.
4. In the manner indicated in paragraphs 2 and 3, select the group
of Negro cards from each of the remaining Monthly Rent groups, files 0-50
to 0-61. Sort each Monthly Rent group by Number of Rooms; tabulate, enter
the results on the proper line of Table 16-B, obtain the entry for the
Total column and check against the entry on line 58 (Negro) for the proper
Monthly Rent group column of Table 10-B. At the completion of tabulation
Number of Rooms After Posting Flace in Pile Number:
1 Room
2 Rooms
3 Rooms
4 Rooms
5 Rooms
6 Rooms
7 Rooms
8 Rooms or More
X No Report on Rooms
0-62
0-63
0-64
0-65
0-66
0-67
0-68
0-69
0-70
18543
_ 4 -
of each Monthly Rent group, place ruboer hands around the cards by
Number of Rooms group and place in files 0-62 to 0-70, by Number of Rooms.
Be sure that the entry in the Total column for each Monthly Rent group
checks with the entry in each Monthly Rent column, line 58, Negro, on
Table 10-B, before proceeding with the next tabulation. If any entry
fails to check, the sort may be established in Monthly Rent groups by
withdrawing the cards from the Number of Rooms, Riles 0-62 to 0-70,
where the Monthly Rent groups have been retained by use of rubber bands.
5. Withdraw all cards from Rile 0-62 (Negro, 1 Room, Owner).
*
Remove the rubber bands and sort these cards by NUMBER OR PERSONS in
unit, into the following groups:
1 Person
2 Persons
3 Persons
4 Persons
5 Persons
6 Persons
7 Persons
8 Persons
9 Persons
10 Persons
11 Persons or More
X No Report on Persons
CHECK THE SORTING OP THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post on
lines IS to 28 and 16 of One Room column of Table 1S-B. The total of the
Number of Persons in the 11 Persons or More group should be entered on
line 29. CHECK TEE COUNTING AND THE POSTING. Obtain the entry for line
17 (Total Reports on Person) by adding the entries on lines 18 to 28.
The total of the entries on lines 16 and 17 must check with the entry on
13543
lino 1. Aftor the tabulation of this section is completed the cards
should he routed to the process indicated below.
Sort all cards from File 0-62 (Negro, One Room, Owne^) by
CONDITION into the following groups:
Good Condition
Minor Repairs
Major Repairs
Unfit for Use
No Report on Condition
CHECK THE SORTING CP THE CARDS. Count the cards in each group and post
on lines 32 to 35 and 30 of One Room column of Table 16-B. CHECK THE
COUNTING AND THE. POSTING. Obtain the entry for line 31 (Total Reports
on Condition) by adding the corresponding entries on lines 32 to 35.
The total of the entries on lines 30 and 31 must check with the entry
on line 1. After this tabulation is completed these cards should be
returned to Pile 0-62.
7. Carry through the procedure indicated in paragraphs 5
and 6 with all cards from Piles 0-63 to 0-70 (Negro, Owner, by Number
of Rooms). This tabulation must be carried through separately for
each Number of Rooms group. After the tabulation for any group is
completed the cards should be returned to Piles 0-63 to 0-70. The
entries for Total All Units column of lines 16 to 35 of Table 16-B
are obtained by adding the correspondence entries in the Dumber of
Rooms column. The total of the entries in lines 18 to 28 of Total
All Units column must check with the entry in line 17 (Total Reports
on Persons). The entries in lines 32 to 35 of Total All Units column
13543
- 6 -
must check with the entry in line 31 (Total Reports on Condition).
The total of the entries in lines 16 and 17, and the total of the
entries in lines 30 and 31 must check with the entry in line 1.
8. After the tabulation indicated above is completed the
cards for Negro Units should be withdrawn from Riles 0-62 to 0-70 (Negro,
Owner, by Number of Rooms). These cards should be combined into one
group and sorted by Monthly Rent into the following groups.
Monthly Rent Group After Sorting Place in Rile -To_.
A. $ 4.99
and Less
0-49
B. 5.00
to
$9.99
0-50
C. 10.00
to
14.99 .
0-51
D. 15.00
to
19.99
0-52
E. 20.00
to
24.99
0-53
P. 25.00
to
29.99
0-54
G. 30.00
to
39.99
0-55
H. 40.00
to
49.99
0-56
I. 50.00
to
74.99
0-57
J. 75.00
to
99.99
0-58
K. 100.00
to
149.99
0-59
L. 150.00
and Over
0-60
X. No Report
on Rent
0-61
CHECK THE SORTING OR THE CARES. Return the cards to Riles 0-49 to 0-61
by Monthly Rent group as indicated above. If the tabulation of Table 16
is required for both Negro and for Other Race, the cards for Other Race
should be withdrawn from Riles 0-49 to 0-61 at this point and tabulated
on a different Table 16-3 form.
9. The entries for lines 36 to 43 (Persons per Room by Number
of Rooms) and lines 44 to 52 (Persons per Room by Number of Persons)
are not to be obtained at this point but will be derived in the manner
indicated in Part VI, Derived Sections of Tables, Instructions for
13543
- 7 -
Table 16-B after the other tabulations for Owner Occupied and Tenant
Occupied Units have been completed.
TABLE 16-0
This table presents a breakdown of Tenant Occupied dwelling
units by Race, by Number of Rooms, by Monthly Rent group, Number
of Persons in Unit, Condition of Structure, and Number of Persons
per Room; and by Number of Persons in Unit, by Number of Persons
per Room. Por convenience of presentation the following procedure
assumes theft the tabulation is to be prepared for Negro units and
the entries are to he made on the form prepared for Table 16—C,
Tenant Occupied units, Negro.
Carry through the procedure indicated in paragraphs 2 to
8 of the tabulation instructions for Table 16-B with the cards from
Pile T-49 to T-61 (Tenant Occupied units by Monthly Rent groups).
In the process of this tabulation the cards should be sorted into
Piles 'T-62 to 1-70 by Number of Rooms and the results of the tab¬
ulation should be posted on Table 16-C. After the tabulation is
completed the cards should be re-sorted as indicated in paragraph
8 of the tabulation instructions for Table 16-B and should be re¬
turned to Piles T-49 to T-61. The entries for lines 36 to 43 (Persons
per Room by Number of Rooms) and lines 44 to 52 (Persons per Room
by Number of Persons) are not to be obtained at this point in the
tabulation but will be derived later in the manner indicated in Part
VI, Derived Sections of Tables, Instructions for Table 16-C, after the
other tabulations for Owner Occupied and Tenant Occupied units have been
completed.